Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===- CIndex.cpp - Clang-C Source Indexing Library -----------------------===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
| 4 | // |
| 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
| 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
| 7 | // |
| 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9 | // |
| 10 | // This file implements the main API hooks in the Clang-C Source Indexing |
| 11 | // library. |
| 12 | // |
| 13 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 14 | |
| 15 | #include "CIndexer.h" |
| 16 | #include "CIndexDiagnostic.h" |
Chandler Carruth | b1ba0ef | 2013-01-19 08:09:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | #include "CLog.h" |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | #include "CXComment.h" |
| 19 | #include "CXCursor.h" |
| 20 | #include "CXSourceLocation.h" |
| 21 | #include "CXString.h" |
| 22 | #include "CXTranslationUnit.h" |
| 23 | #include "CXType.h" |
| 24 | #include "CursorVisitor.h" |
Fariborz Jahanian | 88b9521 | 2012-12-18 23:02:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 25 | #include "SimpleFormatContext.h" |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 26 | #include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h" |
| 27 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
| 28 | #include "clang/Basic/Version.h" |
| 29 | #include "clang/Frontend/ASTUnit.h" |
| 30 | #include "clang/Frontend/CompilerInstance.h" |
| 31 | #include "clang/Frontend/FrontendDiagnostic.h" |
| 32 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" |
| 33 | #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" |
| 34 | #include "clang/Lex/PreprocessingRecord.h" |
| 35 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" |
| 36 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
| 37 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" |
| 38 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h" |
Chandler Carruth | b1ba0ef | 2013-01-19 08:09:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 39 | #include "llvm/Config/config.h" |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 40 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
| 41 | #include "llvm/Support/CrashRecoveryContext.h" |
Chandler Carruth | b1ba0ef | 2013-01-19 08:09:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 42 | #include "llvm/Support/Format.h" |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 43 | #include "llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h" |
| 44 | #include "llvm/Support/Mutex.h" |
| 45 | #include "llvm/Support/PrettyStackTrace.h" |
| 46 | #include "llvm/Support/Program.h" |
| 47 | #include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h" |
| 48 | #include "llvm/Support/Signals.h" |
| 49 | #include "llvm/Support/Threading.h" |
| 50 | #include "llvm/Support/Timer.h" |
| 51 | #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c6f5c6a | 2013-01-10 18:54:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 52 | |
| 53 | #if HAVE_PTHREAD_H |
| 54 | #include <pthread.h> |
| 55 | #endif |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 56 | |
| 57 | using namespace clang; |
| 58 | using namespace clang::cxcursor; |
| 59 | using namespace clang::cxstring; |
| 60 | using namespace clang::cxtu; |
| 61 | using namespace clang::cxindex; |
| 62 | |
| 63 | CXTranslationUnit cxtu::MakeCXTranslationUnit(CIndexer *CIdx, ASTUnit *TU) { |
| 64 | if (!TU) |
| 65 | return 0; |
| 66 | CXTranslationUnit D = new CXTranslationUnitImpl(); |
| 67 | D->CIdx = CIdx; |
| 68 | D->TUData = TU; |
| 69 | D->StringPool = createCXStringPool(); |
| 70 | D->Diagnostics = 0; |
| 71 | D->OverridenCursorsPool = createOverridenCXCursorsPool(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 88b9521 | 2012-12-18 23:02:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 72 | D->FormatContext = 0; |
| 73 | D->FormatInMemoryUniqueId = 0; |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 74 | return D; |
| 75 | } |
| 76 | |
| 77 | cxtu::CXTUOwner::~CXTUOwner() { |
| 78 | if (TU) |
| 79 | clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU); |
| 80 | } |
| 81 | |
| 82 | /// \brief Compare two source ranges to determine their relative position in |
| 83 | /// the translation unit. |
| 84 | static RangeComparisonResult RangeCompare(SourceManager &SM, |
| 85 | SourceRange R1, |
| 86 | SourceRange R2) { |
| 87 | assert(R1.isValid() && "First range is invalid?"); |
| 88 | assert(R2.isValid() && "Second range is invalid?"); |
| 89 | if (R1.getEnd() != R2.getBegin() && |
| 90 | SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(R1.getEnd(), R2.getBegin())) |
| 91 | return RangeBefore; |
| 92 | if (R2.getEnd() != R1.getBegin() && |
| 93 | SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(R2.getEnd(), R1.getBegin())) |
| 94 | return RangeAfter; |
| 95 | return RangeOverlap; |
| 96 | } |
| 97 | |
| 98 | /// \brief Determine if a source location falls within, before, or after a |
| 99 | /// a given source range. |
| 100 | static RangeComparisonResult LocationCompare(SourceManager &SM, |
| 101 | SourceLocation L, SourceRange R) { |
| 102 | assert(R.isValid() && "First range is invalid?"); |
| 103 | assert(L.isValid() && "Second range is invalid?"); |
| 104 | if (L == R.getBegin() || L == R.getEnd()) |
| 105 | return RangeOverlap; |
| 106 | if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(L, R.getBegin())) |
| 107 | return RangeBefore; |
| 108 | if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(R.getEnd(), L)) |
| 109 | return RangeAfter; |
| 110 | return RangeOverlap; |
| 111 | } |
| 112 | |
| 113 | /// \brief Translate a Clang source range into a CIndex source range. |
| 114 | /// |
| 115 | /// Clang internally represents ranges where the end location points to the |
| 116 | /// start of the token at the end. However, for external clients it is more |
| 117 | /// useful to have a CXSourceRange be a proper half-open interval. This routine |
| 118 | /// does the appropriate translation. |
| 119 | CXSourceRange cxloc::translateSourceRange(const SourceManager &SM, |
| 120 | const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 121 | const CharSourceRange &R) { |
| 122 | // We want the last character in this location, so we will adjust the |
| 123 | // location accordingly. |
| 124 | SourceLocation EndLoc = R.getEnd(); |
| 125 | if (EndLoc.isValid() && EndLoc.isMacroID() && !SM.isMacroArgExpansion(EndLoc)) |
| 126 | EndLoc = SM.getExpansionRange(EndLoc).second; |
| 127 | if (R.isTokenRange() && !EndLoc.isInvalid()) { |
| 128 | unsigned Length = Lexer::MeasureTokenLength(SM.getSpellingLoc(EndLoc), |
| 129 | SM, LangOpts); |
| 130 | EndLoc = EndLoc.getLocWithOffset(Length); |
| 131 | } |
| 132 | |
Bill Wendling | ccdfdd7 | 2013-01-23 08:25:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 133 | CXSourceRange Result = { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e4ea879 | 2013-01-23 15:56:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 134 | { &SM, &LangOpts }, |
Bill Wendling | ccdfdd7 | 2013-01-23 08:25:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 135 | R.getBegin().getRawEncoding(), |
| 136 | EndLoc.getRawEncoding() |
| 137 | }; |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 138 | return Result; |
| 139 | } |
| 140 | |
| 141 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 142 | // Cursor visitor. |
| 143 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 144 | |
| 145 | static SourceRange getRawCursorExtent(CXCursor C); |
| 146 | static SourceRange getFullCursorExtent(CXCursor C, SourceManager &SrcMgr); |
| 147 | |
| 148 | |
| 149 | RangeComparisonResult CursorVisitor::CompareRegionOfInterest(SourceRange R) { |
| 150 | return RangeCompare(AU->getSourceManager(), R, RegionOfInterest); |
| 151 | } |
| 152 | |
| 153 | /// \brief Visit the given cursor and, if requested by the visitor, |
| 154 | /// its children. |
| 155 | /// |
| 156 | /// \param Cursor the cursor to visit. |
| 157 | /// |
| 158 | /// \param CheckedRegionOfInterest if true, then the caller already checked |
| 159 | /// that this cursor is within the region of interest. |
| 160 | /// |
| 161 | /// \returns true if the visitation should be aborted, false if it |
| 162 | /// should continue. |
| 163 | bool CursorVisitor::Visit(CXCursor Cursor, bool CheckedRegionOfInterest) { |
| 164 | if (clang_isInvalid(Cursor.kind)) |
| 165 | return false; |
| 166 | |
| 167 | if (clang_isDeclaration(Cursor.kind)) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 168 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(Cursor); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 169 | if (!D) { |
| 170 | assert(0 && "Invalid declaration cursor"); |
| 171 | return true; // abort. |
| 172 | } |
| 173 | |
| 174 | // Ignore implicit declarations, unless it's an objc method because |
| 175 | // currently we should report implicit methods for properties when indexing. |
| 176 | if (D->isImplicit() && !isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) |
| 177 | return false; |
| 178 | } |
| 179 | |
| 180 | // If we have a range of interest, and this cursor doesn't intersect with it, |
| 181 | // we're done. |
| 182 | if (RegionOfInterest.isValid() && !CheckedRegionOfInterest) { |
| 183 | SourceRange Range = getRawCursorExtent(Cursor); |
| 184 | if (Range.isInvalid() || CompareRegionOfInterest(Range)) |
| 185 | return false; |
| 186 | } |
| 187 | |
| 188 | switch (Visitor(Cursor, Parent, ClientData)) { |
| 189 | case CXChildVisit_Break: |
| 190 | return true; |
| 191 | |
| 192 | case CXChildVisit_Continue: |
| 193 | return false; |
| 194 | |
| 195 | case CXChildVisit_Recurse: { |
| 196 | bool ret = VisitChildren(Cursor); |
| 197 | if (PostChildrenVisitor) |
| 198 | if (PostChildrenVisitor(Cursor, ClientData)) |
| 199 | return true; |
| 200 | return ret; |
| 201 | } |
| 202 | } |
| 203 | |
| 204 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXChildVisitResult!"); |
| 205 | } |
| 206 | |
| 207 | static bool visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange R, |
| 208 | PreprocessingRecord &PPRec, |
| 209 | CursorVisitor &Visitor) { |
| 210 | SourceManager &SM = Visitor.getASTUnit()->getSourceManager(); |
| 211 | FileID FID; |
| 212 | |
| 213 | if (!Visitor.shouldVisitIncludedEntities()) { |
| 214 | // If the begin/end of the range lie in the same FileID, do the optimization |
| 215 | // where we skip preprocessed entities that do not come from the same FileID. |
| 216 | FID = SM.getFileID(SM.getFileLoc(R.getBegin())); |
| 217 | if (FID != SM.getFileID(SM.getFileLoc(R.getEnd()))) |
| 218 | FID = FileID(); |
| 219 | } |
| 220 | |
| 221 | std::pair<PreprocessingRecord::iterator, PreprocessingRecord::iterator> |
| 222 | Entities = PPRec.getPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(R); |
| 223 | return Visitor.visitPreprocessedEntities(Entities.first, Entities.second, |
| 224 | PPRec, FID); |
| 225 | } |
| 226 | |
| 227 | void CursorVisitor::visitFileRegion() { |
| 228 | if (RegionOfInterest.isInvalid()) |
| 229 | return; |
| 230 | |
| 231 | ASTUnit *Unit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData); |
| 232 | SourceManager &SM = Unit->getSourceManager(); |
| 233 | |
| 234 | std::pair<FileID, unsigned> |
| 235 | Begin = SM.getDecomposedLoc(SM.getFileLoc(RegionOfInterest.getBegin())), |
| 236 | End = SM.getDecomposedLoc(SM.getFileLoc(RegionOfInterest.getEnd())); |
| 237 | |
| 238 | if (End.first != Begin.first) { |
| 239 | // If the end does not reside in the same file, try to recover by |
| 240 | // picking the end of the file of begin location. |
| 241 | End.first = Begin.first; |
| 242 | End.second = SM.getFileIDSize(Begin.first); |
| 243 | } |
| 244 | |
| 245 | assert(Begin.first == End.first); |
| 246 | if (Begin.second > End.second) |
| 247 | return; |
| 248 | |
| 249 | FileID File = Begin.first; |
| 250 | unsigned Offset = Begin.second; |
| 251 | unsigned Length = End.second - Begin.second; |
| 252 | |
| 253 | if (!VisitDeclsOnly && !VisitPreprocessorLast) |
| 254 | if (visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion()) |
| 255 | return; // visitation break. |
| 256 | |
| 257 | visitDeclsFromFileRegion(File, Offset, Length); |
| 258 | |
| 259 | if (!VisitDeclsOnly && VisitPreprocessorLast) |
| 260 | visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion(); |
| 261 | } |
| 262 | |
| 263 | static bool isInLexicalContext(Decl *D, DeclContext *DC) { |
| 264 | if (!DC) |
| 265 | return false; |
| 266 | |
| 267 | for (DeclContext *DeclDC = D->getLexicalDeclContext(); |
| 268 | DeclDC; DeclDC = DeclDC->getLexicalParent()) { |
| 269 | if (DeclDC == DC) |
| 270 | return true; |
| 271 | } |
| 272 | return false; |
| 273 | } |
| 274 | |
| 275 | void CursorVisitor::visitDeclsFromFileRegion(FileID File, |
| 276 | unsigned Offset, unsigned Length) { |
| 277 | ASTUnit *Unit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData); |
| 278 | SourceManager &SM = Unit->getSourceManager(); |
| 279 | SourceRange Range = RegionOfInterest; |
| 280 | |
| 281 | SmallVector<Decl *, 16> Decls; |
| 282 | Unit->findFileRegionDecls(File, Offset, Length, Decls); |
| 283 | |
| 284 | // If we didn't find any file level decls for the file, try looking at the |
| 285 | // file that it was included from. |
| 286 | while (Decls.empty() || Decls.front()->isTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer()) { |
| 287 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 288 | const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &SLEntry = SM.getSLocEntry(File, &Invalid); |
| 289 | if (Invalid) |
| 290 | return; |
| 291 | |
| 292 | SourceLocation Outer; |
| 293 | if (SLEntry.isFile()) |
| 294 | Outer = SLEntry.getFile().getIncludeLoc(); |
| 295 | else |
| 296 | Outer = SLEntry.getExpansion().getExpansionLocStart(); |
| 297 | if (Outer.isInvalid()) |
| 298 | return; |
| 299 | |
| 300 | llvm::tie(File, Offset) = SM.getDecomposedExpansionLoc(Outer); |
| 301 | Length = 0; |
| 302 | Unit->findFileRegionDecls(File, Offset, Length, Decls); |
| 303 | } |
| 304 | |
| 305 | assert(!Decls.empty()); |
| 306 | |
| 307 | bool VisitedAtLeastOnce = false; |
| 308 | DeclContext *CurDC = 0; |
| 309 | SmallVector<Decl *, 16>::iterator DIt = Decls.begin(); |
| 310 | for (SmallVector<Decl *, 16>::iterator DE = Decls.end(); DIt != DE; ++DIt) { |
| 311 | Decl *D = *DIt; |
| 312 | if (D->getSourceRange().isInvalid()) |
| 313 | continue; |
| 314 | |
| 315 | if (isInLexicalContext(D, CurDC)) |
| 316 | continue; |
| 317 | |
| 318 | CurDC = dyn_cast<DeclContext>(D); |
| 319 | |
| 320 | if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) |
| 321 | if (!TD->isFreeStanding()) |
| 322 | continue; |
| 323 | |
| 324 | RangeComparisonResult CompRes = RangeCompare(SM, D->getSourceRange(),Range); |
| 325 | if (CompRes == RangeBefore) |
| 326 | continue; |
| 327 | if (CompRes == RangeAfter) |
| 328 | break; |
| 329 | |
| 330 | assert(CompRes == RangeOverlap); |
| 331 | VisitedAtLeastOnce = true; |
| 332 | |
| 333 | if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D)) { |
| 334 | FileDI_current = &DIt; |
| 335 | FileDE_current = DE; |
| 336 | } else { |
| 337 | FileDI_current = 0; |
| 338 | } |
| 339 | |
| 340 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, Range), /*CheckedRegionOfInterest=*/true)) |
| 341 | break; |
| 342 | } |
| 343 | |
| 344 | if (VisitedAtLeastOnce) |
| 345 | return; |
| 346 | |
| 347 | // No Decls overlapped with the range. Move up the lexical context until there |
| 348 | // is a context that contains the range or we reach the translation unit |
| 349 | // level. |
| 350 | DeclContext *DC = DIt == Decls.begin() ? (*DIt)->getLexicalDeclContext() |
| 351 | : (*(DIt-1))->getLexicalDeclContext(); |
| 352 | |
| 353 | while (DC && !DC->isTranslationUnit()) { |
| 354 | Decl *D = cast<Decl>(DC); |
| 355 | SourceRange CurDeclRange = D->getSourceRange(); |
| 356 | if (CurDeclRange.isInvalid()) |
| 357 | break; |
| 358 | |
| 359 | if (RangeCompare(SM, CurDeclRange, Range) == RangeOverlap) { |
| 360 | Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, Range), /*CheckedRegionOfInterest=*/true); |
| 361 | break; |
| 362 | } |
| 363 | |
| 364 | DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext(); |
| 365 | } |
| 366 | } |
| 367 | |
| 368 | bool CursorVisitor::visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion() { |
| 369 | if (!AU->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord()) |
| 370 | return false; |
| 371 | |
| 372 | PreprocessingRecord &PPRec |
| 373 | = *AU->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord(); |
| 374 | SourceManager &SM = AU->getSourceManager(); |
| 375 | |
| 376 | if (RegionOfInterest.isValid()) { |
| 377 | SourceRange MappedRange = AU->mapRangeToPreamble(RegionOfInterest); |
| 378 | SourceLocation B = MappedRange.getBegin(); |
| 379 | SourceLocation E = MappedRange.getEnd(); |
| 380 | |
| 381 | if (AU->isInPreambleFileID(B)) { |
| 382 | if (SM.isLoadedSourceLocation(E)) |
| 383 | return visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange(B, E), |
| 384 | PPRec, *this); |
| 385 | |
| 386 | // Beginning of range lies in the preamble but it also extends beyond |
| 387 | // it into the main file. Split the range into 2 parts, one covering |
| 388 | // the preamble and another covering the main file. This allows subsequent |
| 389 | // calls to visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange to accept a source range that |
| 390 | // lies in the same FileID, allowing it to skip preprocessed entities that |
| 391 | // do not come from the same FileID. |
| 392 | bool breaked = |
| 393 | visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange( |
| 394 | SourceRange(B, AU->getEndOfPreambleFileID()), |
| 395 | PPRec, *this); |
| 396 | if (breaked) return true; |
| 397 | return visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange( |
| 398 | SourceRange(AU->getStartOfMainFileID(), E), |
| 399 | PPRec, *this); |
| 400 | } |
| 401 | |
| 402 | return visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange(B, E), PPRec, *this); |
| 403 | } |
| 404 | |
| 405 | bool OnlyLocalDecls |
| 406 | = !AU->isMainFileAST() && AU->getOnlyLocalDecls(); |
| 407 | |
| 408 | if (OnlyLocalDecls) |
| 409 | return visitPreprocessedEntities(PPRec.local_begin(), PPRec.local_end(), |
| 410 | PPRec); |
| 411 | |
| 412 | return visitPreprocessedEntities(PPRec.begin(), PPRec.end(), PPRec); |
| 413 | } |
| 414 | |
| 415 | template<typename InputIterator> |
| 416 | bool CursorVisitor::visitPreprocessedEntities(InputIterator First, |
| 417 | InputIterator Last, |
| 418 | PreprocessingRecord &PPRec, |
| 419 | FileID FID) { |
| 420 | for (; First != Last; ++First) { |
| 421 | if (!FID.isInvalid() && !PPRec.isEntityInFileID(First, FID)) |
| 422 | continue; |
| 423 | |
| 424 | PreprocessedEntity *PPE = *First; |
| 425 | if (MacroExpansion *ME = dyn_cast<MacroExpansion>(PPE)) { |
| 426 | if (Visit(MakeMacroExpansionCursor(ME, TU))) |
| 427 | return true; |
| 428 | |
| 429 | continue; |
| 430 | } |
| 431 | |
| 432 | if (MacroDefinition *MD = dyn_cast<MacroDefinition>(PPE)) { |
| 433 | if (Visit(MakeMacroDefinitionCursor(MD, TU))) |
| 434 | return true; |
| 435 | |
| 436 | continue; |
| 437 | } |
| 438 | |
| 439 | if (InclusionDirective *ID = dyn_cast<InclusionDirective>(PPE)) { |
| 440 | if (Visit(MakeInclusionDirectiveCursor(ID, TU))) |
| 441 | return true; |
| 442 | |
| 443 | continue; |
| 444 | } |
| 445 | } |
| 446 | |
| 447 | return false; |
| 448 | } |
| 449 | |
| 450 | /// \brief Visit the children of the given cursor. |
| 451 | /// |
| 452 | /// \returns true if the visitation should be aborted, false if it |
| 453 | /// should continue. |
| 454 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitChildren(CXCursor Cursor) { |
| 455 | if (clang_isReference(Cursor.kind) && |
| 456 | Cursor.kind != CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier) { |
| 457 | // By definition, references have no children. |
| 458 | return false; |
| 459 | } |
| 460 | |
| 461 | // Set the Parent field to Cursor, then back to its old value once we're |
| 462 | // done. |
| 463 | SetParentRAII SetParent(Parent, StmtParent, Cursor); |
| 464 | |
| 465 | if (clang_isDeclaration(Cursor.kind)) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 466 | Decl *D = const_cast<Decl *>(getCursorDecl(Cursor)); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 467 | if (!D) |
| 468 | return false; |
| 469 | |
| 470 | return VisitAttributes(D) || Visit(D); |
| 471 | } |
| 472 | |
| 473 | if (clang_isStatement(Cursor.kind)) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 474 | if (const Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(Cursor)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 475 | return Visit(S); |
| 476 | |
| 477 | return false; |
| 478 | } |
| 479 | |
| 480 | if (clang_isExpression(Cursor.kind)) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 481 | if (const Expr *E = getCursorExpr(Cursor)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 482 | return Visit(E); |
| 483 | |
| 484 | return false; |
| 485 | } |
| 486 | |
| 487 | if (clang_isTranslationUnit(Cursor.kind)) { |
| 488 | CXTranslationUnit tu = getCursorTU(Cursor); |
| 489 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit*>(tu->TUData); |
| 490 | |
| 491 | int VisitOrder[2] = { VisitPreprocessorLast, !VisitPreprocessorLast }; |
| 492 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) { |
| 493 | if (VisitOrder[I]) { |
| 494 | if (!CXXUnit->isMainFileAST() && CXXUnit->getOnlyLocalDecls() && |
| 495 | RegionOfInterest.isInvalid()) { |
| 496 | for (ASTUnit::top_level_iterator TL = CXXUnit->top_level_begin(), |
| 497 | TLEnd = CXXUnit->top_level_end(); |
| 498 | TL != TLEnd; ++TL) { |
| 499 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(*TL, tu, RegionOfInterest), true)) |
| 500 | return true; |
| 501 | } |
| 502 | } else if (VisitDeclContext( |
| 503 | CXXUnit->getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl())) |
| 504 | return true; |
| 505 | continue; |
| 506 | } |
| 507 | |
| 508 | // Walk the preprocessing record. |
| 509 | if (CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord()) |
| 510 | visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion(); |
| 511 | } |
| 512 | |
| 513 | return false; |
| 514 | } |
| 515 | |
| 516 | if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 517 | if (const CXXBaseSpecifier *Base = getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(Cursor)) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 518 | if (TypeSourceInfo *BaseTSInfo = Base->getTypeSourceInfo()) { |
| 519 | return Visit(BaseTSInfo->getTypeLoc()); |
| 520 | } |
| 521 | } |
| 522 | } |
| 523 | |
| 524 | if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 7d91438 | 2013-01-26 18:08:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 525 | const IBOutletCollectionAttr *A = |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 526 | cast<IBOutletCollectionAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(Cursor)); |
| 527 | if (const ObjCInterfaceType *InterT = A->getInterface()->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) |
| 528 | return Visit(cxcursor::MakeCursorObjCClassRef(InterT->getInterface(), |
| 529 | A->getInterfaceLoc(), TU)); |
| 530 | } |
| 531 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 664b06f | 2013-01-07 19:16:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 532 | // If pointing inside a macro definition, check if the token is an identifier |
| 533 | // that was ever defined as a macro. In such a case, create a "pseudo" macro |
| 534 | // expansion cursor for that token. |
| 535 | SourceLocation BeginLoc = RegionOfInterest.getBegin(); |
| 536 | if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition && |
| 537 | BeginLoc == RegionOfInterest.getEnd()) { |
| 538 | SourceLocation Loc = AU->mapLocationToPreamble(BeginLoc); |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 539 | const MacroInfo *MI = |
| 540 | getMacroInfo(cxcursor::getCursorMacroDefinition(Cursor), TU); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 664b06f | 2013-01-07 19:16:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 541 | if (MacroDefinition *MacroDef = |
| 542 | checkForMacroInMacroDefinition(MI, Loc, TU)) |
| 543 | return Visit(cxcursor::MakeMacroExpansionCursor(MacroDef, BeginLoc, TU)); |
| 544 | } |
| 545 | |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 546 | // Nothing to visit at the moment. |
| 547 | return false; |
| 548 | } |
| 549 | |
| 550 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitBlockDecl(BlockDecl *B) { |
| 551 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = B->getSignatureAsWritten()) |
| 552 | if (Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc())) |
| 553 | return true; |
| 554 | |
| 555 | if (Stmt *Body = B->getBody()) |
| 556 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Body, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 557 | |
| 558 | return false; |
| 559 | } |
| 560 | |
| 561 | llvm::Optional<bool> CursorVisitor::shouldVisitCursor(CXCursor Cursor) { |
| 562 | if (RegionOfInterest.isValid()) { |
| 563 | SourceRange Range = getFullCursorExtent(Cursor, AU->getSourceManager()); |
| 564 | if (Range.isInvalid()) |
| 565 | return llvm::Optional<bool>(); |
| 566 | |
| 567 | switch (CompareRegionOfInterest(Range)) { |
| 568 | case RangeBefore: |
| 569 | // This declaration comes before the region of interest; skip it. |
| 570 | return llvm::Optional<bool>(); |
| 571 | |
| 572 | case RangeAfter: |
| 573 | // This declaration comes after the region of interest; we're done. |
| 574 | return false; |
| 575 | |
| 576 | case RangeOverlap: |
| 577 | // This declaration overlaps the region of interest; visit it. |
| 578 | break; |
| 579 | } |
| 580 | } |
| 581 | return true; |
| 582 | } |
| 583 | |
| 584 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDeclContext(DeclContext *DC) { |
| 585 | DeclContext::decl_iterator I = DC->decls_begin(), E = DC->decls_end(); |
| 586 | |
| 587 | // FIXME: Eventually remove. This part of a hack to support proper |
| 588 | // iteration over all Decls contained lexically within an ObjC container. |
| 589 | SaveAndRestore<DeclContext::decl_iterator*> DI_saved(DI_current, &I); |
| 590 | SaveAndRestore<DeclContext::decl_iterator> DE_saved(DE_current, E); |
| 591 | |
| 592 | for ( ; I != E; ++I) { |
| 593 | Decl *D = *I; |
| 594 | if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() != DC) |
| 595 | continue; |
| 596 | CXCursor Cursor = MakeCXCursor(D, TU, RegionOfInterest); |
| 597 | |
| 598 | // Ignore synthesized ivars here, otherwise if we have something like: |
| 599 | // @synthesize prop = _prop; |
| 600 | // and '_prop' is not declared, we will encounter a '_prop' ivar before |
| 601 | // encountering the 'prop' synthesize declaration and we will think that |
| 602 | // we passed the region-of-interest. |
| 603 | if (ObjCIvarDecl *ivarD = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(D)) { |
| 604 | if (ivarD->getSynthesize()) |
| 605 | continue; |
| 606 | } |
| 607 | |
| 608 | // FIXME: ObjCClassRef/ObjCProtocolRef for forward class/protocol |
| 609 | // declarations is a mismatch with the compiler semantics. |
| 610 | if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl) { |
| 611 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D); |
| 612 | if (!ID->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
| 613 | Cursor = MakeCursorObjCClassRef(ID, ID->getLocation(), TU); |
| 614 | |
| 615 | } else if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl) { |
| 616 | ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D); |
| 617 | if (!PD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
| 618 | Cursor = MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(PD, PD->getLocation(), TU); |
| 619 | } |
| 620 | |
| 621 | const llvm::Optional<bool> &V = shouldVisitCursor(Cursor); |
| 622 | if (!V.hasValue()) |
| 623 | continue; |
| 624 | if (!V.getValue()) |
| 625 | return false; |
| 626 | if (Visit(Cursor, true)) |
| 627 | return true; |
| 628 | } |
| 629 | return false; |
| 630 | } |
| 631 | |
| 632 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTranslationUnitDecl(TranslationUnitDecl *D) { |
| 633 | llvm_unreachable("Translation units are visited directly by Visit()"); |
| 634 | } |
| 635 | |
| 636 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeAliasDecl(TypeAliasDecl *D) { |
| 637 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = D->getTypeSourceInfo()) |
| 638 | return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()); |
| 639 | |
| 640 | return false; |
| 641 | } |
| 642 | |
| 643 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypedefDecl(TypedefDecl *D) { |
| 644 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = D->getTypeSourceInfo()) |
| 645 | return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()); |
| 646 | |
| 647 | return false; |
| 648 | } |
| 649 | |
| 650 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTagDecl(TagDecl *D) { |
| 651 | return VisitDeclContext(D); |
| 652 | } |
| 653 | |
| 654 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitClassTemplateSpecializationDecl( |
| 655 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *D) { |
| 656 | bool ShouldVisitBody = false; |
| 657 | switch (D->getSpecializationKind()) { |
| 658 | case TSK_Undeclared: |
| 659 | case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: |
| 660 | // Nothing to visit |
| 661 | return false; |
| 662 | |
| 663 | case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: |
| 664 | case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: |
| 665 | break; |
| 666 | |
| 667 | case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: |
| 668 | ShouldVisitBody = true; |
| 669 | break; |
| 670 | } |
| 671 | |
| 672 | // Visit the template arguments used in the specialization. |
| 673 | if (TypeSourceInfo *SpecType = D->getTypeAsWritten()) { |
| 674 | TypeLoc TL = SpecType->getTypeLoc(); |
| 675 | if (TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc *TSTLoc |
| 676 | = dyn_cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(&TL)) { |
| 677 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = TSTLoc->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) |
| 678 | if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TSTLoc->getArgLoc(I))) |
| 679 | return true; |
| 680 | } |
| 681 | } |
| 682 | |
| 683 | if (ShouldVisitBody && VisitCXXRecordDecl(D)) |
| 684 | return true; |
| 685 | |
| 686 | return false; |
| 687 | } |
| 688 | |
| 689 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl( |
| 690 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *D) { |
| 691 | // FIXME: Visit the "outer" template parameter lists on the TagDecl |
| 692 | // before visiting these template parameters. |
| 693 | if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters())) |
| 694 | return true; |
| 695 | |
| 696 | // Visit the partial specialization arguments. |
| 697 | const TemplateArgumentLoc *TemplateArgs = D->getTemplateArgsAsWritten(); |
| 698 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = D->getNumTemplateArgsAsWritten(); I != N; ++I) |
| 699 | if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TemplateArgs[I])) |
| 700 | return true; |
| 701 | |
| 702 | return VisitCXXRecordDecl(D); |
| 703 | } |
| 704 | |
| 705 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateTypeParmDecl(TemplateTypeParmDecl *D) { |
| 706 | // Visit the default argument. |
| 707 | if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited()) |
| 708 | if (TypeSourceInfo *DefArg = D->getDefaultArgumentInfo()) |
| 709 | if (Visit(DefArg->getTypeLoc())) |
| 710 | return true; |
| 711 | |
| 712 | return false; |
| 713 | } |
| 714 | |
| 715 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitEnumConstantDecl(EnumConstantDecl *D) { |
| 716 | if (Expr *Init = D->getInitExpr()) |
| 717 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Init, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 718 | return false; |
| 719 | } |
| 720 | |
| 721 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { |
| 722 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = DD->getTypeSourceInfo()) |
| 723 | if (Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc())) |
| 724 | return true; |
| 725 | |
| 726 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if present. |
| 727 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = DD->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 728 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 729 | return true; |
| 730 | |
| 731 | return false; |
| 732 | } |
| 733 | |
| 734 | /// \brief Compare two base or member initializers based on their source order. |
| 735 | static int CompareCXXCtorInitializers(const void* Xp, const void *Yp) { |
| 736 | CXXCtorInitializer const * const *X |
| 737 | = static_cast<CXXCtorInitializer const * const *>(Xp); |
| 738 | CXXCtorInitializer const * const *Y |
| 739 | = static_cast<CXXCtorInitializer const * const *>(Yp); |
| 740 | |
| 741 | if ((*X)->getSourceOrder() < (*Y)->getSourceOrder()) |
| 742 | return -1; |
| 743 | else if ((*X)->getSourceOrder() > (*Y)->getSourceOrder()) |
| 744 | return 1; |
| 745 | else |
| 746 | return 0; |
| 747 | } |
| 748 | |
| 749 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *ND) { |
| 750 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = ND->getTypeSourceInfo()) { |
| 751 | // Visit the function declaration's syntactic components in the order |
| 752 | // written. This requires a bit of work. |
| 753 | TypeLoc TL = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens(); |
| 754 | FunctionTypeLoc *FTL = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeLoc>(&TL); |
| 755 | |
| 756 | // If we have a function declared directly (without the use of a typedef), |
| 757 | // visit just the return type. Otherwise, just visit the function's type |
| 758 | // now. |
| 759 | if ((FTL && !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(ND) && Visit(FTL->getResultLoc())) || |
| 760 | (!FTL && Visit(TL))) |
| 761 | return true; |
| 762 | |
| 763 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if present. |
| 764 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = ND->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 765 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 766 | return true; |
| 767 | |
| 768 | // Visit the declaration name. |
| 769 | if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(ND->getNameInfo())) |
| 770 | return true; |
| 771 | |
| 772 | // FIXME: Visit explicitly-specified template arguments! |
| 773 | |
| 774 | // Visit the function parameters, if we have a function type. |
| 775 | if (FTL && VisitFunctionTypeLoc(*FTL, true)) |
| 776 | return true; |
| 777 | |
Bill Wendling | ad017fa | 2012-12-20 19:22:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 778 | // FIXME: Attributes? |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 779 | } |
| 780 | |
| 781 | if (ND->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && !ND->isLateTemplateParsed()) { |
| 782 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND)) { |
| 783 | // Find the initializers that were written in the source. |
| 784 | SmallVector<CXXCtorInitializer *, 4> WrittenInits; |
| 785 | for (CXXConstructorDecl::init_iterator I = Constructor->init_begin(), |
| 786 | IEnd = Constructor->init_end(); |
| 787 | I != IEnd; ++I) { |
| 788 | if (!(*I)->isWritten()) |
| 789 | continue; |
| 790 | |
| 791 | WrittenInits.push_back(*I); |
| 792 | } |
| 793 | |
| 794 | // Sort the initializers in source order |
| 795 | llvm::array_pod_sort(WrittenInits.begin(), WrittenInits.end(), |
| 796 | &CompareCXXCtorInitializers); |
| 797 | |
| 798 | // Visit the initializers in source order |
| 799 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = WrittenInits.size(); I != N; ++I) { |
| 800 | CXXCtorInitializer *Init = WrittenInits[I]; |
| 801 | if (Init->isAnyMemberInitializer()) { |
| 802 | if (Visit(MakeCursorMemberRef(Init->getAnyMember(), |
| 803 | Init->getMemberLocation(), TU))) |
| 804 | return true; |
| 805 | } else if (TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = Init->getTypeSourceInfo()) { |
| 806 | if (Visit(TInfo->getTypeLoc())) |
| 807 | return true; |
| 808 | } |
| 809 | |
| 810 | // Visit the initializer value. |
| 811 | if (Expr *Initializer = Init->getInit()) |
| 812 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(Initializer, ND, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 813 | return true; |
| 814 | } |
| 815 | } |
| 816 | |
| 817 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(ND->getBody(), StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 818 | return true; |
| 819 | } |
| 820 | |
| 821 | return false; |
| 822 | } |
| 823 | |
| 824 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitFieldDecl(FieldDecl *D) { |
| 825 | if (VisitDeclaratorDecl(D)) |
| 826 | return true; |
| 827 | |
| 828 | if (Expr *BitWidth = D->getBitWidth()) |
| 829 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(BitWidth, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 830 | |
| 831 | return false; |
| 832 | } |
| 833 | |
| 834 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitVarDecl(VarDecl *D) { |
| 835 | if (VisitDeclaratorDecl(D)) |
| 836 | return true; |
| 837 | |
| 838 | if (Expr *Init = D->getInit()) |
| 839 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Init, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 840 | |
| 841 | return false; |
| 842 | } |
| 843 | |
| 844 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitNonTypeTemplateParmDecl(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *D) { |
| 845 | if (VisitDeclaratorDecl(D)) |
| 846 | return true; |
| 847 | |
| 848 | if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited()) |
| 849 | if (Expr *DefArg = D->getDefaultArgument()) |
| 850 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(DefArg, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 851 | |
| 852 | return false; |
| 853 | } |
| 854 | |
| 855 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitFunctionTemplateDecl(FunctionTemplateDecl *D) { |
| 856 | // FIXME: Visit the "outer" template parameter lists on the FunctionDecl |
| 857 | // before visiting these template parameters. |
| 858 | if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters())) |
| 859 | return true; |
| 860 | |
| 861 | return VisitFunctionDecl(D->getTemplatedDecl()); |
| 862 | } |
| 863 | |
| 864 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitClassTemplateDecl(ClassTemplateDecl *D) { |
| 865 | // FIXME: Visit the "outer" template parameter lists on the TagDecl |
| 866 | // before visiting these template parameters. |
| 867 | if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters())) |
| 868 | return true; |
| 869 | |
| 870 | return VisitCXXRecordDecl(D->getTemplatedDecl()); |
| 871 | } |
| 872 | |
| 873 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *D) { |
| 874 | if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters())) |
| 875 | return true; |
| 876 | |
| 877 | if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited() && |
| 878 | VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(D->getDefaultArgument())) |
| 879 | return true; |
| 880 | |
| 881 | return false; |
| 882 | } |
| 883 | |
| 884 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *ND) { |
| 885 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = ND->getResultTypeSourceInfo()) |
| 886 | if (Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc())) |
| 887 | return true; |
| 888 | |
| 889 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P = ND->param_begin(), |
| 890 | PEnd = ND->param_end(); |
| 891 | P != PEnd; ++P) { |
| 892 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(*P, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 893 | return true; |
| 894 | } |
| 895 | |
| 896 | if (ND->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && |
| 897 | Visit(MakeCXCursor(ND->getBody(), StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 898 | return true; |
| 899 | |
| 900 | return false; |
| 901 | } |
| 902 | |
| 903 | template <typename DeclIt> |
| 904 | static void addRangedDeclsInContainer(DeclIt *DI_current, DeclIt DE_current, |
| 905 | SourceManager &SM, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 906 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls) { |
| 907 | DeclIt next = *DI_current; |
| 908 | while (++next != DE_current) { |
| 909 | Decl *D_next = *next; |
| 910 | if (!D_next) |
| 911 | break; |
| 912 | SourceLocation L = D_next->getLocStart(); |
| 913 | if (!L.isValid()) |
| 914 | break; |
| 915 | if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(L, EndLoc)) { |
| 916 | *DI_current = next; |
| 917 | Decls.push_back(D_next); |
| 918 | continue; |
| 919 | } |
| 920 | break; |
| 921 | } |
| 922 | } |
| 923 | |
| 924 | namespace { |
| 925 | struct ContainerDeclsSort { |
| 926 | SourceManager &SM; |
| 927 | ContainerDeclsSort(SourceManager &sm) : SM(sm) {} |
| 928 | bool operator()(Decl *A, Decl *B) { |
| 929 | SourceLocation L_A = A->getLocStart(); |
| 930 | SourceLocation L_B = B->getLocStart(); |
| 931 | assert(L_A.isValid() && L_B.isValid()); |
| 932 | return SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(L_A, L_B); |
| 933 | } |
| 934 | }; |
| 935 | } |
| 936 | |
| 937 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCContainerDecl(ObjCContainerDecl *D) { |
| 938 | // FIXME: Eventually convert back to just 'VisitDeclContext()'. Essentially |
| 939 | // an @implementation can lexically contain Decls that are not properly |
| 940 | // nested in the AST. When we identify such cases, we need to retrofit |
| 941 | // this nesting here. |
| 942 | if (!DI_current && !FileDI_current) |
| 943 | return VisitDeclContext(D); |
| 944 | |
| 945 | // Scan the Decls that immediately come after the container |
| 946 | // in the current DeclContext. If any fall within the |
| 947 | // container's lexical region, stash them into a vector |
| 948 | // for later processing. |
| 949 | SmallVector<Decl *, 24> DeclsInContainer; |
| 950 | SourceLocation EndLoc = D->getSourceRange().getEnd(); |
| 951 | SourceManager &SM = AU->getSourceManager(); |
| 952 | if (EndLoc.isValid()) { |
| 953 | if (DI_current) { |
| 954 | addRangedDeclsInContainer(DI_current, DE_current, SM, EndLoc, |
| 955 | DeclsInContainer); |
| 956 | } else { |
| 957 | addRangedDeclsInContainer(FileDI_current, FileDE_current, SM, EndLoc, |
| 958 | DeclsInContainer); |
| 959 | } |
| 960 | } |
| 961 | |
| 962 | // The common case. |
| 963 | if (DeclsInContainer.empty()) |
| 964 | return VisitDeclContext(D); |
| 965 | |
| 966 | // Get all the Decls in the DeclContext, and sort them with the |
| 967 | // additional ones we've collected. Then visit them. |
| 968 | for (DeclContext::decl_iterator I = D->decls_begin(), E = D->decls_end(); |
| 969 | I!=E; ++I) { |
| 970 | Decl *subDecl = *I; |
| 971 | if (!subDecl || subDecl->getLexicalDeclContext() != D || |
| 972 | subDecl->getLocStart().isInvalid()) |
| 973 | continue; |
| 974 | DeclsInContainer.push_back(subDecl); |
| 975 | } |
| 976 | |
| 977 | // Now sort the Decls so that they appear in lexical order. |
| 978 | std::sort(DeclsInContainer.begin(), DeclsInContainer.end(), |
| 979 | ContainerDeclsSort(SM)); |
| 980 | |
| 981 | // Now visit the decls. |
| 982 | for (SmallVectorImpl<Decl*>::iterator I = DeclsInContainer.begin(), |
| 983 | E = DeclsInContainer.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| 984 | CXCursor Cursor = MakeCXCursor(*I, TU, RegionOfInterest); |
| 985 | const llvm::Optional<bool> &V = shouldVisitCursor(Cursor); |
| 986 | if (!V.hasValue()) |
| 987 | continue; |
| 988 | if (!V.getValue()) |
| 989 | return false; |
| 990 | if (Visit(Cursor, true)) |
| 991 | return true; |
| 992 | } |
| 993 | return false; |
| 994 | } |
| 995 | |
| 996 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCCategoryDecl(ObjCCategoryDecl *ND) { |
| 997 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(ND->getClassInterface(), ND->getLocation(), |
| 998 | TU))) |
| 999 | return true; |
| 1000 | |
| 1001 | ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_loc_iterator PL = ND->protocol_loc_begin(); |
| 1002 | for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator I = ND->protocol_begin(), |
| 1003 | E = ND->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I, ++PL) |
| 1004 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(*I, *PL, TU))) |
| 1005 | return true; |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 | return VisitObjCContainerDecl(ND); |
| 1008 | } |
| 1009 | |
| 1010 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCProtocolDecl(ObjCProtocolDecl *PID) { |
| 1011 | if (!PID->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
| 1012 | return Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(PID, PID->getLocation(), TU)); |
| 1013 | |
| 1014 | ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_loc_iterator PL = PID->protocol_loc_begin(); |
| 1015 | for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PID->protocol_begin(), |
| 1016 | E = PID->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I, ++PL) |
| 1017 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(*I, *PL, TU))) |
| 1018 | return true; |
| 1019 | |
| 1020 | return VisitObjCContainerDecl(PID); |
| 1021 | } |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD) { |
| 1024 | if (PD->getTypeSourceInfo() && Visit(PD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc())) |
| 1025 | return true; |
| 1026 | |
| 1027 | // FIXME: This implements a workaround with @property declarations also being |
| 1028 | // installed in the DeclContext for the @interface. Eventually this code |
| 1029 | // should be removed. |
| 1030 | ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(PD->getDeclContext()); |
| 1031 | if (!CDecl || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) |
| 1032 | return false; |
| 1033 | |
| 1034 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = CDecl->getClassInterface(); |
| 1035 | if (!ID) |
| 1036 | return false; |
| 1037 | |
| 1038 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyId = PD->getIdentifier(); |
| 1039 | ObjCPropertyDecl *prevDecl = |
| 1040 | ObjCPropertyDecl::findPropertyDecl(cast<DeclContext>(ID), PropertyId); |
| 1041 | |
| 1042 | if (!prevDecl) |
| 1043 | return false; |
| 1044 | |
| 1045 | // Visit synthesized methods since they will be skipped when visiting |
| 1046 | // the @interface. |
| 1047 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = prevDecl->getGetterMethodDecl()) |
| 1048 | if (MD->isPropertyAccessor() && MD->getLexicalDeclContext() == CDecl) |
| 1049 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(MD, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 1050 | return true; |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = prevDecl->getSetterMethodDecl()) |
| 1053 | if (MD->isPropertyAccessor() && MD->getLexicalDeclContext() == CDecl) |
| 1054 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(MD, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 1055 | return true; |
| 1056 | |
| 1057 | return false; |
| 1058 | } |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCInterfaceDecl(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { |
| 1061 | if (!D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { |
| 1062 | // Forward declaration is treated like a reference. |
| 1063 | return Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(D, D->getLocation(), TU)); |
| 1064 | } |
| 1065 | |
| 1066 | // Issue callbacks for super class. |
| 1067 | if (D->getSuperClass() && |
| 1068 | Visit(MakeCursorObjCSuperClassRef(D->getSuperClass(), |
| 1069 | D->getSuperClassLoc(), |
| 1070 | TU))) |
| 1071 | return true; |
| 1072 | |
| 1073 | ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_loc_iterator PL = D->protocol_loc_begin(); |
| 1074 | for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator I = D->protocol_begin(), |
| 1075 | E = D->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I, ++PL) |
| 1076 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(*I, *PL, TU))) |
| 1077 | return true; |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 | return VisitObjCContainerDecl(D); |
| 1080 | } |
| 1081 | |
| 1082 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCImplDecl(ObjCImplDecl *D) { |
| 1083 | return VisitObjCContainerDecl(D); |
| 1084 | } |
| 1085 | |
| 1086 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCCategoryImplDecl(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *D) { |
| 1087 | // 'ID' could be null when dealing with invalid code. |
| 1088 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = D->getClassInterface()) |
| 1089 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(ID, D->getLocation(), TU))) |
| 1090 | return true; |
| 1091 | |
| 1092 | return VisitObjCImplDecl(D); |
| 1093 | } |
| 1094 | |
| 1095 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCImplementationDecl(ObjCImplementationDecl *D) { |
| 1096 | #if 0 |
| 1097 | // Issue callbacks for super class. |
| 1098 | // FIXME: No source location information! |
| 1099 | if (D->getSuperClass() && |
| 1100 | Visit(MakeCursorObjCSuperClassRef(D->getSuperClass(), |
| 1101 | D->getSuperClassLoc(), |
| 1102 | TU))) |
| 1103 | return true; |
| 1104 | #endif |
| 1105 | |
| 1106 | return VisitObjCImplDecl(D); |
| 1107 | } |
| 1108 | |
| 1109 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCPropertyImplDecl(ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PD) { |
| 1110 | if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = PD->getPropertyIvarDecl()) |
| 1111 | if (PD->isIvarNameSpecified()) |
| 1112 | return Visit(MakeCursorMemberRef(Ivar, PD->getPropertyIvarDeclLoc(), TU)); |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 | return false; |
| 1115 | } |
| 1116 | |
| 1117 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitNamespaceDecl(NamespaceDecl *D) { |
| 1118 | return VisitDeclContext(D); |
| 1119 | } |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitNamespaceAliasDecl(NamespaceAliasDecl *D) { |
| 1122 | // Visit nested-name-specifier. |
| 1123 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 1124 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 1125 | return true; |
| 1126 | |
| 1127 | return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(D->getAliasedNamespace(), |
| 1128 | D->getTargetNameLoc(), TU)); |
| 1129 | } |
| 1130 | |
| 1131 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitUsingDecl(UsingDecl *D) { |
| 1132 | // Visit nested-name-specifier. |
| 1133 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc()) { |
| 1134 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 1135 | return true; |
| 1136 | } |
| 1137 | |
| 1138 | if (Visit(MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(D, D->getLocation(), TU))) |
| 1139 | return true; |
| 1140 | |
| 1141 | return VisitDeclarationNameInfo(D->getNameInfo()); |
| 1142 | } |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitUsingDirectiveDecl(UsingDirectiveDecl *D) { |
| 1145 | // Visit nested-name-specifier. |
| 1146 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 1147 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 1148 | return true; |
| 1149 | |
| 1150 | return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(D->getNominatedNamespaceAsWritten(), |
| 1151 | D->getIdentLocation(), TU)); |
| 1152 | } |
| 1153 | |
| 1154 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnresolvedUsingValueDecl(UnresolvedUsingValueDecl *D) { |
| 1155 | // Visit nested-name-specifier. |
| 1156 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc()) { |
| 1157 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 1158 | return true; |
| 1159 | } |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 | return VisitDeclarationNameInfo(D->getNameInfo()); |
| 1162 | } |
| 1163 | |
| 1164 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl( |
| 1165 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) { |
| 1166 | // Visit nested-name-specifier. |
| 1167 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 1168 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 1169 | return true; |
| 1170 | |
| 1171 | return false; |
| 1172 | } |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDeclarationNameInfo(DeclarationNameInfo Name) { |
| 1175 | switch (Name.getName().getNameKind()) { |
| 1176 | case clang::DeclarationName::Identifier: |
| 1177 | case clang::DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName: |
| 1178 | case clang::DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName: |
| 1179 | case clang::DeclarationName::CXXUsingDirective: |
| 1180 | return false; |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 | case clang::DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName: |
| 1183 | case clang::DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName: |
| 1184 | case clang::DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName: |
| 1185 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = Name.getNamedTypeInfo()) |
| 1186 | return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()); |
| 1187 | return false; |
| 1188 | |
| 1189 | case clang::DeclarationName::ObjCZeroArgSelector: |
| 1190 | case clang::DeclarationName::ObjCOneArgSelector: |
| 1191 | case clang::DeclarationName::ObjCMultiArgSelector: |
| 1192 | // FIXME: Per-identifier location info? |
| 1193 | return false; |
| 1194 | } |
| 1195 | |
| 1196 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid DeclarationName::Kind!"); |
| 1197 | } |
| 1198 | |
| 1199 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
| 1200 | SourceRange Range) { |
| 1201 | // FIXME: This whole routine is a hack to work around the lack of proper |
| 1202 | // source information in nested-name-specifiers (PR5791). Since we do have |
| 1203 | // a beginning source location, we can visit the first component of the |
| 1204 | // nested-name-specifier, if it's a single-token component. |
| 1205 | if (!NNS) |
| 1206 | return false; |
| 1207 | |
| 1208 | // Get the first component in the nested-name-specifier. |
| 1209 | while (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix()) |
| 1210 | NNS = Prefix; |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 | switch (NNS->getKind()) { |
| 1213 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: |
| 1214 | return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespace(), Range.getBegin(), |
| 1215 | TU)); |
| 1216 | |
| 1217 | case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: |
| 1218 | return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias(), |
| 1219 | Range.getBegin(), TU)); |
| 1220 | |
| 1221 | case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: { |
| 1222 | // If the type has a form where we know that the beginning of the source |
| 1223 | // range matches up with a reference cursor. Visit the appropriate reference |
| 1224 | // cursor. |
| 1225 | const Type *T = NNS->getAsType(); |
| 1226 | if (const TypedefType *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) |
| 1227 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(Typedef->getDecl(), Range.getBegin(), TU)); |
| 1228 | if (const TagType *Tag = dyn_cast<TagType>(T)) |
| 1229 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(Tag->getDecl(), Range.getBegin(), TU)); |
| 1230 | if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST |
| 1231 | = dyn_cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T)) |
| 1232 | return VisitTemplateName(TST->getTemplateName(), Range.getBegin()); |
| 1233 | break; |
| 1234 | } |
| 1235 | |
| 1236 | case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: |
| 1237 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: |
| 1238 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: |
| 1239 | break; |
| 1240 | } |
| 1241 | |
| 1242 | return false; |
| 1243 | } |
| 1244 | |
| 1245 | bool |
| 1246 | CursorVisitor::VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier) { |
| 1247 | SmallVector<NestedNameSpecifierLoc, 4> Qualifiers; |
| 1248 | for (; Qualifier; Qualifier = Qualifier.getPrefix()) |
| 1249 | Qualifiers.push_back(Qualifier); |
| 1250 | |
| 1251 | while (!Qualifiers.empty()) { |
| 1252 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc Q = Qualifiers.pop_back_val(); |
| 1253 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Q.getNestedNameSpecifier(); |
| 1254 | switch (NNS->getKind()) { |
| 1255 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: |
| 1256 | if (Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespace(), |
| 1257 | Q.getLocalBeginLoc(), |
| 1258 | TU))) |
| 1259 | return true; |
| 1260 | |
| 1261 | break; |
| 1262 | |
| 1263 | case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: |
| 1264 | if (Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias(), |
| 1265 | Q.getLocalBeginLoc(), |
| 1266 | TU))) |
| 1267 | return true; |
| 1268 | |
| 1269 | break; |
| 1270 | |
| 1271 | case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: |
| 1272 | case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: |
| 1273 | if (Visit(Q.getTypeLoc())) |
| 1274 | return true; |
| 1275 | |
| 1276 | break; |
| 1277 | |
| 1278 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: |
| 1279 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: |
| 1280 | break; |
| 1281 | } |
| 1282 | } |
| 1283 | |
| 1284 | return false; |
| 1285 | } |
| 1286 | |
| 1287 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateParameters( |
| 1288 | const TemplateParameterList *Params) { |
| 1289 | if (!Params) |
| 1290 | return false; |
| 1291 | |
| 1292 | for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), |
| 1293 | PEnd = Params->end(); |
| 1294 | P != PEnd; ++P) { |
| 1295 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(*P, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 1296 | return true; |
| 1297 | } |
| 1298 | |
| 1299 | return false; |
| 1300 | } |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateName(TemplateName Name, SourceLocation Loc) { |
| 1303 | switch (Name.getKind()) { |
| 1304 | case TemplateName::Template: |
| 1305 | return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(Name.getAsTemplateDecl(), Loc, TU)); |
| 1306 | |
| 1307 | case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: |
| 1308 | // Visit the overloaded template set. |
| 1309 | if (Visit(MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(Name, Loc, TU))) |
| 1310 | return true; |
| 1311 | |
| 1312 | return false; |
| 1313 | |
| 1314 | case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: |
| 1315 | // FIXME: Visit nested-name-specifier. |
| 1316 | return false; |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 | case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: |
| 1319 | // FIXME: Visit nested-name-specifier. |
| 1320 | return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef( |
| 1321 | Name.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()->getDecl(), |
| 1322 | Loc, TU)); |
| 1323 | |
| 1324 | case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: |
| 1325 | return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef( |
| 1326 | Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm()->getParameter(), |
| 1327 | Loc, TU)); |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 | case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: |
| 1330 | return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef( |
| 1331 | Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack()->getParameterPack(), |
| 1332 | Loc, TU)); |
| 1333 | } |
| 1334 | |
| 1335 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid TemplateName::Kind!"); |
| 1336 | } |
| 1337 | |
| 1338 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgumentLoc &TAL) { |
| 1339 | switch (TAL.getArgument().getKind()) { |
| 1340 | case TemplateArgument::Null: |
| 1341 | case TemplateArgument::Integral: |
| 1342 | case TemplateArgument::Pack: |
| 1343 | return false; |
| 1344 | |
| 1345 | case TemplateArgument::Type: |
| 1346 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = TAL.getTypeSourceInfo()) |
| 1347 | return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()); |
| 1348 | return false; |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 | case TemplateArgument::Declaration: |
| 1351 | if (Expr *E = TAL.getSourceDeclExpression()) |
| 1352 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 1353 | return false; |
| 1354 | |
| 1355 | case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: |
| 1356 | if (Expr *E = TAL.getSourceNullPtrExpression()) |
| 1357 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 1358 | return false; |
| 1359 | |
| 1360 | case TemplateArgument::Expression: |
| 1361 | if (Expr *E = TAL.getSourceExpression()) |
| 1362 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 1363 | return false; |
| 1364 | |
| 1365 | case TemplateArgument::Template: |
| 1366 | case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: |
| 1367 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TAL.getTemplateQualifierLoc())) |
| 1368 | return true; |
| 1369 | |
| 1370 | return VisitTemplateName(TAL.getArgument().getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern(), |
| 1371 | TAL.getTemplateNameLoc()); |
| 1372 | } |
| 1373 | |
| 1374 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid TemplateArgument::Kind!"); |
| 1375 | } |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitLinkageSpecDecl(LinkageSpecDecl *D) { |
| 1378 | return VisitDeclContext(D); |
| 1379 | } |
| 1380 | |
| 1381 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitQualifiedTypeLoc(QualifiedTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1382 | return Visit(TL.getUnqualifiedLoc()); |
| 1383 | } |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitBuiltinTypeLoc(BuiltinTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1386 | ASTContext &Context = AU->getASTContext(); |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 | // Some builtin types (such as Objective-C's "id", "sel", and |
| 1389 | // "Class") have associated declarations. Create cursors for those. |
| 1390 | QualType VisitType; |
| 1391 | switch (TL.getTypePtr()->getKind()) { |
| 1392 | |
| 1393 | case BuiltinType::Void: |
| 1394 | case BuiltinType::NullPtr: |
| 1395 | case BuiltinType::Dependent: |
Guy Benyei | b13621d | 2012-12-18 14:38:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1396 | case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: |
| 1397 | case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: |
| 1398 | case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: |
| 1399 | case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: |
| 1400 | case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: |
| 1401 | case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: |
Guy Benyei | e6b9d80 | 2013-01-20 12:31:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1402 | case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1403 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) |
| 1404 | #define SIGNED_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
| 1405 | #define UNSIGNED_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
| 1406 | #define FLOATING_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
| 1407 | #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
| 1408 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" |
| 1409 | break; |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 | case BuiltinType::ObjCId: |
| 1412 | VisitType = Context.getObjCIdType(); |
| 1413 | break; |
| 1414 | |
| 1415 | case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: |
| 1416 | VisitType = Context.getObjCClassType(); |
| 1417 | break; |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 | case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: |
| 1420 | VisitType = Context.getObjCSelType(); |
| 1421 | break; |
| 1422 | } |
| 1423 | |
| 1424 | if (!VisitType.isNull()) { |
| 1425 | if (const TypedefType *Typedef = VisitType->getAs<TypedefType>()) |
| 1426 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(Typedef->getDecl(), TL.getBuiltinLoc(), |
| 1427 | TU)); |
| 1428 | } |
| 1429 | |
| 1430 | return false; |
| 1431 | } |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypedefTypeLoc(TypedefTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1434 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getTypedefNameDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU)); |
| 1435 | } |
| 1436 | |
| 1437 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnresolvedUsingTypeLoc(UnresolvedUsingTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1438 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU)); |
| 1439 | } |
| 1440 | |
| 1441 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTagTypeLoc(TagTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1442 | if (TL.isDefinition()) |
| 1443 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(TL.getDecl(), TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU)); |
| 1446 | } |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateTypeParmTypeLoc(TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1449 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU)); |
| 1450 | } |
| 1451 | |
| 1452 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCInterfaceTypeLoc(ObjCInterfaceTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1453 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(TL.getIFaceDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU))) |
| 1454 | return true; |
| 1455 | |
| 1456 | return false; |
| 1457 | } |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCObjectTypeLoc(ObjCObjectTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1460 | if (TL.hasBaseTypeAsWritten() && Visit(TL.getBaseLoc())) |
| 1461 | return true; |
| 1462 | |
| 1463 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumProtocols(); I != N; ++I) { |
| 1464 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(TL.getProtocol(I), TL.getProtocolLoc(I), |
| 1465 | TU))) |
| 1466 | return true; |
| 1467 | } |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 | return false; |
| 1470 | } |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc(ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1473 | return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc()); |
| 1474 | } |
| 1475 | |
| 1476 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitParenTypeLoc(ParenTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1477 | return Visit(TL.getInnerLoc()); |
| 1478 | } |
| 1479 | |
| 1480 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitPointerTypeLoc(PointerTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1481 | return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc()); |
| 1482 | } |
| 1483 | |
| 1484 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitBlockPointerTypeLoc(BlockPointerTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1485 | return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc()); |
| 1486 | } |
| 1487 | |
| 1488 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitMemberPointerTypeLoc(MemberPointerTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1489 | return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc()); |
| 1490 | } |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitLValueReferenceTypeLoc(LValueReferenceTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1493 | return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc()); |
| 1494 | } |
| 1495 | |
| 1496 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitRValueReferenceTypeLoc(RValueReferenceTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1497 | return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc()); |
| 1498 | } |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitAttributedTypeLoc(AttributedTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1501 | return Visit(TL.getModifiedLoc()); |
| 1502 | } |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitFunctionTypeLoc(FunctionTypeLoc TL, |
| 1505 | bool SkipResultType) { |
| 1506 | if (!SkipResultType && Visit(TL.getResultLoc())) |
| 1507 | return true; |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) |
| 1510 | if (Decl *D = TL.getArg(I)) |
| 1511 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 1512 | return true; |
| 1513 | |
| 1514 | return false; |
| 1515 | } |
| 1516 | |
| 1517 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitArrayTypeLoc(ArrayTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1518 | if (Visit(TL.getElementLoc())) |
| 1519 | return true; |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | if (Expr *Size = TL.getSizeExpr()) |
| 1522 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Size, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 1523 | |
| 1524 | return false; |
| 1525 | } |
| 1526 | |
| 1527 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc( |
| 1528 | TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1529 | // Visit the template name. |
| 1530 | if (VisitTemplateName(TL.getTypePtr()->getTemplateName(), |
| 1531 | TL.getTemplateNameLoc())) |
| 1532 | return true; |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 | // Visit the template arguments. |
| 1535 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) |
| 1536 | if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TL.getArgLoc(I))) |
| 1537 | return true; |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 | return false; |
| 1540 | } |
| 1541 | |
| 1542 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeOfExprTypeLoc(TypeOfExprTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1543 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(TL.getUnderlyingExpr(), StmtParent, TU)); |
| 1544 | } |
| 1545 | |
| 1546 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeOfTypeLoc(TypeOfTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1547 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = TL.getUnderlyingTInfo()) |
| 1548 | return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()); |
| 1549 | |
| 1550 | return false; |
| 1551 | } |
| 1552 | |
| 1553 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnaryTransformTypeLoc(UnaryTransformTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1554 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = TL.getUnderlyingTInfo()) |
| 1555 | return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()); |
| 1556 | |
| 1557 | return false; |
| 1558 | } |
| 1559 | |
| 1560 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDependentNameTypeLoc(DependentNameTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1561 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc())) |
| 1562 | return true; |
| 1563 | |
| 1564 | return false; |
| 1565 | } |
| 1566 | |
| 1567 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc( |
| 1568 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1569 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if there is one. |
| 1570 | if (TL.getQualifierLoc() && |
| 1571 | VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc())) |
| 1572 | return true; |
| 1573 | |
| 1574 | // Visit the template arguments. |
| 1575 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) |
| 1576 | if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TL.getArgLoc(I))) |
| 1577 | return true; |
| 1578 | |
| 1579 | return false; |
| 1580 | } |
| 1581 | |
| 1582 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitElaboratedTypeLoc(ElaboratedTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1583 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc())) |
| 1584 | return true; |
| 1585 | |
| 1586 | return Visit(TL.getNamedTypeLoc()); |
| 1587 | } |
| 1588 | |
| 1589 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitPackExpansionTypeLoc(PackExpansionTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1590 | return Visit(TL.getPatternLoc()); |
| 1591 | } |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDecltypeTypeLoc(DecltypeTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1594 | if (Expr *E = TL.getUnderlyingExpr()) |
| 1595 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU)); |
| 1596 | |
| 1597 | return false; |
| 1598 | } |
| 1599 | |
| 1600 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitInjectedClassNameTypeLoc(InjectedClassNameTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1601 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU)); |
| 1602 | } |
| 1603 | |
| 1604 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitAtomicTypeLoc(AtomicTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1605 | return Visit(TL.getValueLoc()); |
| 1606 | } |
| 1607 | |
| 1608 | #define DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(CLASS, PARENT) \ |
| 1609 | bool CursorVisitor::Visit##CLASS##TypeLoc(CLASS##TypeLoc TL) { \ |
| 1610 | return Visit##PARENT##Loc(TL); \ |
| 1611 | } |
| 1612 | |
| 1613 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Complex, Type) |
| 1614 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(ConstantArray, ArrayType) |
| 1615 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(IncompleteArray, ArrayType) |
| 1616 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(VariableArray, ArrayType) |
| 1617 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(DependentSizedArray, ArrayType) |
| 1618 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(DependentSizedExtVector, Type) |
| 1619 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Vector, Type) |
| 1620 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(ExtVector, VectorType) |
| 1621 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(FunctionProto, FunctionType) |
| 1622 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(FunctionNoProto, FunctionType) |
| 1623 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Record, TagType) |
| 1624 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Enum, TagType) |
| 1625 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Type) |
| 1626 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(SubstTemplateTypeParmPack, Type) |
| 1627 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Auto, Type) |
| 1628 | |
| 1629 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitCXXRecordDecl(CXXRecordDecl *D) { |
| 1630 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if present. |
| 1631 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 1632 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 1633 | return true; |
| 1634 | |
| 1635 | if (D->isCompleteDefinition()) { |
| 1636 | for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = D->bases_begin(), |
| 1637 | E = D->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| 1638 | if (Visit(cxcursor::MakeCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(I, TU))) |
| 1639 | return true; |
| 1640 | } |
| 1641 | } |
| 1642 | |
| 1643 | return VisitTagDecl(D); |
| 1644 | } |
| 1645 | |
| 1646 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitAttributes(Decl *D) { |
| 1647 | for (AttrVec::const_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); |
| 1648 | i != e; ++i) |
| 1649 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(*i, D, TU))) |
| 1650 | return true; |
| 1651 | |
| 1652 | return false; |
| 1653 | } |
| 1654 | |
| 1655 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 1656 | // Data-recursive visitor methods. |
| 1657 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 1658 | |
| 1659 | namespace { |
| 1660 | #define DEF_JOB(NAME, DATA, KIND)\ |
| 1661 | class NAME : public VisitorJob {\ |
| 1662 | public:\ |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1663 | NAME(const DATA *d, CXCursor parent) : \ |
| 1664 | VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::KIND, d) {} \ |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1665 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) { return VJ->getKind() == KIND; }\ |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1666 | const DATA *get() const { return static_cast<const DATA*>(data[0]); }\ |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1667 | }; |
| 1668 | |
| 1669 | DEF_JOB(StmtVisit, Stmt, StmtVisitKind) |
| 1670 | DEF_JOB(MemberExprParts, MemberExpr, MemberExprPartsKind) |
| 1671 | DEF_JOB(DeclRefExprParts, DeclRefExpr, DeclRefExprPartsKind) |
| 1672 | DEF_JOB(OverloadExprParts, OverloadExpr, OverloadExprPartsKind) |
| 1673 | DEF_JOB(ExplicitTemplateArgsVisit, ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo, |
| 1674 | ExplicitTemplateArgsVisitKind) |
| 1675 | DEF_JOB(SizeOfPackExprParts, SizeOfPackExpr, SizeOfPackExprPartsKind) |
| 1676 | DEF_JOB(LambdaExprParts, LambdaExpr, LambdaExprPartsKind) |
| 1677 | DEF_JOB(PostChildrenVisit, void, PostChildrenVisitKind) |
| 1678 | #undef DEF_JOB |
| 1679 | |
| 1680 | class DeclVisit : public VisitorJob { |
| 1681 | public: |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1682 | DeclVisit(const Decl *D, CXCursor parent, bool isFirst) : |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1683 | VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::DeclVisitKind, |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1684 | const_cast<Decl *>(D), isFirst ? (void*) 1 : (void*) 0) {} |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1685 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) { |
| 1686 | return VJ->getKind() == DeclVisitKind; |
| 1687 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1688 | const Decl *get() const { return static_cast<const Decl *>(data[0]); } |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1689 | bool isFirst() const { return data[1] ? true : false; } |
| 1690 | }; |
| 1691 | class TypeLocVisit : public VisitorJob { |
| 1692 | public: |
| 1693 | TypeLocVisit(TypeLoc tl, CXCursor parent) : |
| 1694 | VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::TypeLocVisitKind, |
| 1695 | tl.getType().getAsOpaquePtr(), tl.getOpaqueData()) {} |
| 1696 | |
| 1697 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) { |
| 1698 | return VJ->getKind() == TypeLocVisitKind; |
| 1699 | } |
| 1700 | |
| 1701 | TypeLoc get() const { |
| 1702 | QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(data[0]); |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1703 | return TypeLoc(T, const_cast<void *>(data[1])); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1704 | } |
| 1705 | }; |
| 1706 | |
| 1707 | class LabelRefVisit : public VisitorJob { |
| 1708 | public: |
| 1709 | LabelRefVisit(LabelDecl *LD, SourceLocation labelLoc, CXCursor parent) |
| 1710 | : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::LabelRefVisitKind, LD, |
| 1711 | labelLoc.getPtrEncoding()) {} |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) { |
| 1714 | return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::LabelRefVisitKind; |
| 1715 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1716 | const LabelDecl *get() const { |
| 1717 | return static_cast<const LabelDecl *>(data[0]); |
| 1718 | } |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1719 | SourceLocation getLoc() const { |
| 1720 | return SourceLocation::getFromPtrEncoding(data[1]); } |
| 1721 | }; |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 | class NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit : public VisitorJob { |
| 1724 | public: |
| 1725 | NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier, CXCursor parent) |
| 1726 | : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::NestedNameSpecifierLocVisitKind, |
| 1727 | Qualifier.getNestedNameSpecifier(), |
| 1728 | Qualifier.getOpaqueData()) { } |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) { |
| 1731 | return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::NestedNameSpecifierLocVisitKind; |
| 1732 | } |
| 1733 | |
| 1734 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc get() const { |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1735 | return NestedNameSpecifierLoc( |
| 1736 | const_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>( |
| 1737 | static_cast<const NestedNameSpecifier *>(data[0])), |
| 1738 | const_cast<void *>(data[1])); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1739 | } |
| 1740 | }; |
| 1741 | |
| 1742 | class DeclarationNameInfoVisit : public VisitorJob { |
| 1743 | public: |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1744 | DeclarationNameInfoVisit(const Stmt *S, CXCursor parent) |
| 1745 | : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::DeclarationNameInfoVisitKind, |
| 1746 | const_cast<Stmt *>(S)) {} |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1747 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) { |
| 1748 | return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::DeclarationNameInfoVisitKind; |
| 1749 | } |
| 1750 | DeclarationNameInfo get() const { |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1751 | const Stmt *S = static_cast<const Stmt *>(data[0]); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1752 | switch (S->getStmtClass()) { |
| 1753 | default: |
| 1754 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled Stmt"); |
| 1755 | case clang::Stmt::MSDependentExistsStmtClass: |
| 1756 | return cast<MSDependentExistsStmt>(S)->getNameInfo(); |
| 1757 | case Stmt::CXXDependentScopeMemberExprClass: |
| 1758 | return cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(S)->getMemberNameInfo(); |
| 1759 | case Stmt::DependentScopeDeclRefExprClass: |
| 1760 | return cast<DependentScopeDeclRefExpr>(S)->getNameInfo(); |
| 1761 | } |
| 1762 | } |
| 1763 | }; |
| 1764 | class MemberRefVisit : public VisitorJob { |
| 1765 | public: |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1766 | MemberRefVisit(const FieldDecl *D, SourceLocation L, CXCursor parent) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1767 | : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::MemberRefVisitKind, D, |
| 1768 | L.getPtrEncoding()) {} |
| 1769 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) { |
| 1770 | return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::MemberRefVisitKind; |
| 1771 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1772 | const FieldDecl *get() const { |
| 1773 | return static_cast<const FieldDecl *>(data[0]); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1774 | } |
| 1775 | SourceLocation getLoc() const { |
| 1776 | return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding((unsigned)(uintptr_t) data[1]); |
| 1777 | } |
| 1778 | }; |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1779 | class EnqueueVisitor : public ConstStmtVisitor<EnqueueVisitor, void> { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1780 | VisitorWorkList &WL; |
| 1781 | CXCursor Parent; |
| 1782 | public: |
| 1783 | EnqueueVisitor(VisitorWorkList &wl, CXCursor parent) |
| 1784 | : WL(wl), Parent(parent) {} |
| 1785 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1786 | void VisitAddrLabelExpr(const AddrLabelExpr *E); |
| 1787 | void VisitBlockExpr(const BlockExpr *B); |
| 1788 | void VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E); |
| 1789 | void VisitCompoundStmt(const CompoundStmt *S); |
| 1790 | void VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(const CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) { /* Do nothing. */ } |
| 1791 | void VisitMSDependentExistsStmt(const MSDependentExistsStmt *S); |
| 1792 | void VisitCXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(const CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *E); |
| 1793 | void VisitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E); |
| 1794 | void VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(const CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E); |
| 1795 | void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(const CXXOperatorCallExpr *E); |
| 1796 | void VisitCXXPseudoDestructorExpr(const CXXPseudoDestructorExpr *E); |
| 1797 | void VisitCXXTemporaryObjectExpr(const CXXTemporaryObjectExpr *E); |
| 1798 | void VisitCXXTypeidExpr(const CXXTypeidExpr *E); |
| 1799 | void VisitCXXUnresolvedConstructExpr(const CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr *E); |
| 1800 | void VisitCXXUuidofExpr(const CXXUuidofExpr *E); |
| 1801 | void VisitCXXCatchStmt(const CXXCatchStmt *S); |
| 1802 | void VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *D); |
| 1803 | void VisitDeclStmt(const DeclStmt *S); |
| 1804 | void VisitDependentScopeDeclRefExpr(const DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *E); |
| 1805 | void VisitDesignatedInitExpr(const DesignatedInitExpr *E); |
| 1806 | void VisitExplicitCastExpr(const ExplicitCastExpr *E); |
| 1807 | void VisitForStmt(const ForStmt *FS); |
| 1808 | void VisitGotoStmt(const GotoStmt *GS); |
| 1809 | void VisitIfStmt(const IfStmt *If); |
| 1810 | void VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *IE); |
| 1811 | void VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *M); |
| 1812 | void VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *E); |
| 1813 | void VisitObjCEncodeExpr(const ObjCEncodeExpr *E); |
| 1814 | void VisitObjCMessageExpr(const ObjCMessageExpr *M); |
| 1815 | void VisitOverloadExpr(const OverloadExpr *E); |
| 1816 | void VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E); |
| 1817 | void VisitStmt(const Stmt *S); |
| 1818 | void VisitSwitchStmt(const SwitchStmt *S); |
| 1819 | void VisitWhileStmt(const WhileStmt *W); |
| 1820 | void VisitUnaryTypeTraitExpr(const UnaryTypeTraitExpr *E); |
| 1821 | void VisitBinaryTypeTraitExpr(const BinaryTypeTraitExpr *E); |
| 1822 | void VisitTypeTraitExpr(const TypeTraitExpr *E); |
| 1823 | void VisitArrayTypeTraitExpr(const ArrayTypeTraitExpr *E); |
| 1824 | void VisitExpressionTraitExpr(const ExpressionTraitExpr *E); |
| 1825 | void VisitUnresolvedMemberExpr(const UnresolvedMemberExpr *U); |
| 1826 | void VisitVAArgExpr(const VAArgExpr *E); |
| 1827 | void VisitSizeOfPackExpr(const SizeOfPackExpr *E); |
| 1828 | void VisitPseudoObjectExpr(const PseudoObjectExpr *E); |
| 1829 | void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(const OpaqueValueExpr *E); |
| 1830 | void VisitLambdaExpr(const LambdaExpr *E); |
| 1831 | |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1832 | private: |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 | void AddDeclarationNameInfo(const Stmt *S); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1834 | void AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier); |
| 1835 | void AddExplicitTemplateArgs(const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *A); |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1836 | void AddMemberRef(const FieldDecl *D, SourceLocation L); |
| 1837 | void AddStmt(const Stmt *S); |
| 1838 | void AddDecl(const Decl *D, bool isFirst = true); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1839 | void AddTypeLoc(TypeSourceInfo *TI); |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1840 | void EnqueueChildren(const Stmt *S); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1841 | }; |
| 1842 | } // end anonyous namespace |
| 1843 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1844 | void EnqueueVisitor::AddDeclarationNameInfo(const Stmt *S) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1845 | // 'S' should always be non-null, since it comes from the |
| 1846 | // statement we are visiting. |
| 1847 | WL.push_back(DeclarationNameInfoVisit(S, Parent)); |
| 1848 | } |
| 1849 | |
| 1850 | void |
| 1851 | EnqueueVisitor::AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier) { |
| 1852 | if (Qualifier) |
| 1853 | WL.push_back(NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit(Qualifier, Parent)); |
| 1854 | } |
| 1855 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1856 | void EnqueueVisitor::AddStmt(const Stmt *S) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1857 | if (S) |
| 1858 | WL.push_back(StmtVisit(S, Parent)); |
| 1859 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1860 | void EnqueueVisitor::AddDecl(const Decl *D, bool isFirst) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1861 | if (D) |
| 1862 | WL.push_back(DeclVisit(D, Parent, isFirst)); |
| 1863 | } |
| 1864 | void EnqueueVisitor:: |
| 1865 | AddExplicitTemplateArgs(const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *A) { |
| 1866 | if (A) |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1867 | WL.push_back(ExplicitTemplateArgsVisit(A, Parent)); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1868 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1869 | void EnqueueVisitor::AddMemberRef(const FieldDecl *D, SourceLocation L) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1870 | if (D) |
| 1871 | WL.push_back(MemberRefVisit(D, L, Parent)); |
| 1872 | } |
| 1873 | void EnqueueVisitor::AddTypeLoc(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { |
| 1874 | if (TI) |
| 1875 | WL.push_back(TypeLocVisit(TI->getTypeLoc(), Parent)); |
| 1876 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1877 | void EnqueueVisitor::EnqueueChildren(const Stmt *S) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1878 | unsigned size = WL.size(); |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1879 | for (Stmt::const_child_range Child = S->children(); Child; ++Child) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1880 | AddStmt(*Child); |
| 1881 | } |
| 1882 | if (size == WL.size()) |
| 1883 | return; |
| 1884 | // Now reverse the entries we just added. This will match the DFS |
| 1885 | // ordering performed by the worklist. |
| 1886 | VisitorWorkList::iterator I = WL.begin() + size, E = WL.end(); |
| 1887 | std::reverse(I, E); |
| 1888 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1889 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitAddrLabelExpr(const AddrLabelExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1890 | WL.push_back(LabelRefVisit(E->getLabel(), E->getLabelLoc(), Parent)); |
| 1891 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1892 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitBlockExpr(const BlockExpr *B) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1893 | AddDecl(B->getBlockDecl()); |
| 1894 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1895 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1896 | EnqueueChildren(E); |
| 1897 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo()); |
| 1898 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1899 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCompoundStmt(const CompoundStmt *S) { |
| 1900 | for (CompoundStmt::const_reverse_body_iterator I = S->body_rbegin(), |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1901 | E = S->body_rend(); I != E; ++I) { |
| 1902 | AddStmt(*I); |
| 1903 | } |
| 1904 | } |
| 1905 | void EnqueueVisitor:: |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1906 | VisitMSDependentExistsStmt(const MSDependentExistsStmt *S) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1907 | AddStmt(S->getSubStmt()); |
| 1908 | AddDeclarationNameInfo(S); |
| 1909 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = S->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 1910 | AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc); |
| 1911 | } |
| 1912 | |
| 1913 | void EnqueueVisitor:: |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1914 | VisitCXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(const CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1915 | AddExplicitTemplateArgs(E->getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs()); |
| 1916 | AddDeclarationNameInfo(E); |
| 1917 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = E->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 1918 | AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc); |
| 1919 | if (!E->isImplicitAccess()) |
| 1920 | AddStmt(E->getBase()); |
| 1921 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1922 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1923 | // Enqueue the initializer , if any. |
| 1924 | AddStmt(E->getInitializer()); |
| 1925 | // Enqueue the array size, if any. |
| 1926 | AddStmt(E->getArraySize()); |
| 1927 | // Enqueue the allocated type. |
| 1928 | AddTypeLoc(E->getAllocatedTypeSourceInfo()); |
| 1929 | // Enqueue the placement arguments. |
| 1930 | for (unsigned I = E->getNumPlacementArgs(); I > 0; --I) |
| 1931 | AddStmt(E->getPlacementArg(I-1)); |
| 1932 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1933 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(const CXXOperatorCallExpr *CE) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1934 | for (unsigned I = CE->getNumArgs(); I > 1 /* Yes, this is 1 */; --I) |
| 1935 | AddStmt(CE->getArg(I-1)); |
| 1936 | AddStmt(CE->getCallee()); |
| 1937 | AddStmt(CE->getArg(0)); |
| 1938 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1939 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXPseudoDestructorExpr( |
| 1940 | const CXXPseudoDestructorExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1941 | // Visit the name of the type being destroyed. |
| 1942 | AddTypeLoc(E->getDestroyedTypeInfo()); |
| 1943 | // Visit the scope type that looks disturbingly like the nested-name-specifier |
| 1944 | // but isn't. |
| 1945 | AddTypeLoc(E->getScopeTypeInfo()); |
| 1946 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier. |
| 1947 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = E->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 1948 | AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc); |
| 1949 | // Visit base expression. |
| 1950 | AddStmt(E->getBase()); |
| 1951 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1952 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr( |
| 1953 | const CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1954 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo()); |
| 1955 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1956 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXTemporaryObjectExpr( |
| 1957 | const CXXTemporaryObjectExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1958 | EnqueueChildren(E); |
| 1959 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo()); |
| 1960 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1961 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXTypeidExpr(const CXXTypeidExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1962 | EnqueueChildren(E); |
| 1963 | if (E->isTypeOperand()) |
| 1964 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeOperandSourceInfo()); |
| 1965 | } |
| 1966 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1967 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXUnresolvedConstructExpr( |
| 1968 | const CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1969 | EnqueueChildren(E); |
| 1970 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo()); |
| 1971 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1972 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXUuidofExpr(const CXXUuidofExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1973 | EnqueueChildren(E); |
| 1974 | if (E->isTypeOperand()) |
| 1975 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeOperandSourceInfo()); |
| 1976 | } |
| 1977 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1978 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXCatchStmt(const CXXCatchStmt *S) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1979 | EnqueueChildren(S); |
| 1980 | AddDecl(S->getExceptionDecl()); |
| 1981 | } |
| 1982 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1983 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *DR) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1984 | if (DR->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { |
| 1985 | AddExplicitTemplateArgs(&DR->getExplicitTemplateArgs()); |
| 1986 | } |
| 1987 | WL.push_back(DeclRefExprParts(DR, Parent)); |
| 1988 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1989 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDependentScopeDeclRefExpr( |
| 1990 | const DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1991 | AddExplicitTemplateArgs(E->getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs()); |
| 1992 | AddDeclarationNameInfo(E); |
| 1993 | AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(E->getQualifierLoc()); |
| 1994 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1995 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDeclStmt(const DeclStmt *S) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1996 | unsigned size = WL.size(); |
| 1997 | bool isFirst = true; |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1998 | for (DeclStmt::const_decl_iterator D = S->decl_begin(), DEnd = S->decl_end(); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1999 | D != DEnd; ++D) { |
| 2000 | AddDecl(*D, isFirst); |
| 2001 | isFirst = false; |
| 2002 | } |
| 2003 | if (size == WL.size()) |
| 2004 | return; |
| 2005 | // Now reverse the entries we just added. This will match the DFS |
| 2006 | // ordering performed by the worklist. |
| 2007 | VisitorWorkList::iterator I = WL.begin() + size, E = WL.end(); |
| 2008 | std::reverse(I, E); |
| 2009 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2010 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDesignatedInitExpr(const DesignatedInitExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2011 | AddStmt(E->getInit()); |
| 2012 | typedef DesignatedInitExpr::Designator Designator; |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2013 | for (DesignatedInitExpr::const_reverse_designators_iterator |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2014 | D = E->designators_rbegin(), DEnd = E->designators_rend(); |
| 2015 | D != DEnd; ++D) { |
| 2016 | if (D->isFieldDesignator()) { |
| 2017 | if (FieldDecl *Field = D->getField()) |
| 2018 | AddMemberRef(Field, D->getFieldLoc()); |
| 2019 | continue; |
| 2020 | } |
| 2021 | if (D->isArrayDesignator()) { |
| 2022 | AddStmt(E->getArrayIndex(*D)); |
| 2023 | continue; |
| 2024 | } |
| 2025 | assert(D->isArrayRangeDesignator() && "Unknown designator kind"); |
| 2026 | AddStmt(E->getArrayRangeEnd(*D)); |
| 2027 | AddStmt(E->getArrayRangeStart(*D)); |
| 2028 | } |
| 2029 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2030 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitExplicitCastExpr(const ExplicitCastExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2031 | EnqueueChildren(E); |
| 2032 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeInfoAsWritten()); |
| 2033 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2034 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitForStmt(const ForStmt *FS) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2035 | AddStmt(FS->getBody()); |
| 2036 | AddStmt(FS->getInc()); |
| 2037 | AddStmt(FS->getCond()); |
| 2038 | AddDecl(FS->getConditionVariable()); |
| 2039 | AddStmt(FS->getInit()); |
| 2040 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2041 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitGotoStmt(const GotoStmt *GS) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2042 | WL.push_back(LabelRefVisit(GS->getLabel(), GS->getLabelLoc(), Parent)); |
| 2043 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2044 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitIfStmt(const IfStmt *If) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2045 | AddStmt(If->getElse()); |
| 2046 | AddStmt(If->getThen()); |
| 2047 | AddStmt(If->getCond()); |
| 2048 | AddDecl(If->getConditionVariable()); |
| 2049 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2050 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *IE) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2051 | // We care about the syntactic form of the initializer list, only. |
| 2052 | if (InitListExpr *Syntactic = IE->getSyntacticForm()) |
| 2053 | IE = Syntactic; |
| 2054 | EnqueueChildren(IE); |
| 2055 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2056 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *M) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2057 | WL.push_back(MemberExprParts(M, Parent)); |
| 2058 | |
| 2059 | // If the base of the member access expression is an implicit 'this', don't |
| 2060 | // visit it. |
| 2061 | // FIXME: If we ever want to show these implicit accesses, this will be |
| 2062 | // unfortunate. However, clang_getCursor() relies on this behavior. |
| 2063 | if (!M->isImplicitAccess()) |
| 2064 | AddStmt(M->getBase()); |
| 2065 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2066 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitObjCEncodeExpr(const ObjCEncodeExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2067 | AddTypeLoc(E->getEncodedTypeSourceInfo()); |
| 2068 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2069 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitObjCMessageExpr(const ObjCMessageExpr *M) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2070 | EnqueueChildren(M); |
| 2071 | AddTypeLoc(M->getClassReceiverTypeInfo()); |
| 2072 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2073 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2074 | // Visit the components of the offsetof expression. |
| 2075 | for (unsigned N = E->getNumComponents(), I = N; I > 0; --I) { |
| 2076 | typedef OffsetOfExpr::OffsetOfNode OffsetOfNode; |
| 2077 | const OffsetOfNode &Node = E->getComponent(I-1); |
| 2078 | switch (Node.getKind()) { |
| 2079 | case OffsetOfNode::Array: |
| 2080 | AddStmt(E->getIndexExpr(Node.getArrayExprIndex())); |
| 2081 | break; |
| 2082 | case OffsetOfNode::Field: |
| 2083 | AddMemberRef(Node.getField(), Node.getSourceRange().getEnd()); |
| 2084 | break; |
| 2085 | case OffsetOfNode::Identifier: |
| 2086 | case OffsetOfNode::Base: |
| 2087 | continue; |
| 2088 | } |
| 2089 | } |
| 2090 | // Visit the type into which we're computing the offset. |
| 2091 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo()); |
| 2092 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2093 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOverloadExpr(const OverloadExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2094 | AddExplicitTemplateArgs(E->getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs()); |
| 2095 | WL.push_back(OverloadExprParts(E, Parent)); |
| 2096 | } |
| 2097 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr( |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2098 | const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2099 | EnqueueChildren(E); |
| 2100 | if (E->isArgumentType()) |
| 2101 | AddTypeLoc(E->getArgumentTypeInfo()); |
| 2102 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2103 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitStmt(const Stmt *S) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2104 | EnqueueChildren(S); |
| 2105 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2106 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitSwitchStmt(const SwitchStmt *S) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2107 | AddStmt(S->getBody()); |
| 2108 | AddStmt(S->getCond()); |
| 2109 | AddDecl(S->getConditionVariable()); |
| 2110 | } |
| 2111 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2112 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitWhileStmt(const WhileStmt *W) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2113 | AddStmt(W->getBody()); |
| 2114 | AddStmt(W->getCond()); |
| 2115 | AddDecl(W->getConditionVariable()); |
| 2116 | } |
| 2117 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2118 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitUnaryTypeTraitExpr(const UnaryTypeTraitExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2119 | AddTypeLoc(E->getQueriedTypeSourceInfo()); |
| 2120 | } |
| 2121 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2122 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitBinaryTypeTraitExpr(const BinaryTypeTraitExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2123 | AddTypeLoc(E->getRhsTypeSourceInfo()); |
| 2124 | AddTypeLoc(E->getLhsTypeSourceInfo()); |
| 2125 | } |
| 2126 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2127 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitTypeTraitExpr(const TypeTraitExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2128 | for (unsigned I = E->getNumArgs(); I > 0; --I) |
| 2129 | AddTypeLoc(E->getArg(I-1)); |
| 2130 | } |
| 2131 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2132 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitArrayTypeTraitExpr(const ArrayTypeTraitExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2133 | AddTypeLoc(E->getQueriedTypeSourceInfo()); |
| 2134 | } |
| 2135 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2136 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitExpressionTraitExpr(const ExpressionTraitExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2137 | EnqueueChildren(E); |
| 2138 | } |
| 2139 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2140 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitUnresolvedMemberExpr(const UnresolvedMemberExpr *U) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2141 | VisitOverloadExpr(U); |
| 2142 | if (!U->isImplicitAccess()) |
| 2143 | AddStmt(U->getBase()); |
| 2144 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2145 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitVAArgExpr(const VAArgExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2146 | AddStmt(E->getSubExpr()); |
| 2147 | AddTypeLoc(E->getWrittenTypeInfo()); |
| 2148 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2149 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitSizeOfPackExpr(const SizeOfPackExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2150 | WL.push_back(SizeOfPackExprParts(E, Parent)); |
| 2151 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2152 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOpaqueValueExpr(const OpaqueValueExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2153 | // If the opaque value has a source expression, just transparently |
| 2154 | // visit that. This is useful for (e.g.) pseudo-object expressions. |
| 2155 | if (Expr *SourceExpr = E->getSourceExpr()) |
| 2156 | return Visit(SourceExpr); |
| 2157 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2158 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitLambdaExpr(const LambdaExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2159 | AddStmt(E->getBody()); |
| 2160 | WL.push_back(LambdaExprParts(E, Parent)); |
| 2161 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2162 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitPseudoObjectExpr(const PseudoObjectExpr *E) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2163 | // Treat the expression like its syntactic form. |
| 2164 | Visit(E->getSyntacticForm()); |
| 2165 | } |
| 2166 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2167 | void CursorVisitor::EnqueueWorkList(VisitorWorkList &WL, const Stmt *S) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2168 | EnqueueVisitor(WL, MakeCXCursor(S, StmtParent, TU,RegionOfInterest)).Visit(S); |
| 2169 | } |
| 2170 | |
| 2171 | bool CursorVisitor::IsInRegionOfInterest(CXCursor C) { |
| 2172 | if (RegionOfInterest.isValid()) { |
| 2173 | SourceRange Range = getRawCursorExtent(C); |
| 2174 | if (Range.isInvalid() || CompareRegionOfInterest(Range)) |
| 2175 | return false; |
| 2176 | } |
| 2177 | return true; |
| 2178 | } |
| 2179 | |
| 2180 | bool CursorVisitor::RunVisitorWorkList(VisitorWorkList &WL) { |
| 2181 | while (!WL.empty()) { |
| 2182 | // Dequeue the worklist item. |
| 2183 | VisitorJob LI = WL.back(); |
| 2184 | WL.pop_back(); |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 | // Set the Parent field, then back to its old value once we're done. |
| 2187 | SetParentRAII SetParent(Parent, StmtParent, LI.getParent()); |
| 2188 | |
| 2189 | switch (LI.getKind()) { |
| 2190 | case VisitorJob::DeclVisitKind: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2191 | const Decl *D = cast<DeclVisit>(&LI)->get(); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2192 | if (!D) |
| 2193 | continue; |
| 2194 | |
| 2195 | // For now, perform default visitation for Decls. |
| 2196 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, RegionOfInterest, |
| 2197 | cast<DeclVisit>(&LI)->isFirst()))) |
| 2198 | return true; |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 | continue; |
| 2201 | } |
| 2202 | case VisitorJob::ExplicitTemplateArgsVisitKind: { |
| 2203 | const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *ArgList = |
| 2204 | cast<ExplicitTemplateArgsVisit>(&LI)->get(); |
| 2205 | for (const TemplateArgumentLoc *Arg = ArgList->getTemplateArgs(), |
| 2206 | *ArgEnd = Arg + ArgList->NumTemplateArgs; |
| 2207 | Arg != ArgEnd; ++Arg) { |
| 2208 | if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(*Arg)) |
| 2209 | return true; |
| 2210 | } |
| 2211 | continue; |
| 2212 | } |
| 2213 | case VisitorJob::TypeLocVisitKind: { |
| 2214 | // Perform default visitation for TypeLocs. |
| 2215 | if (Visit(cast<TypeLocVisit>(&LI)->get())) |
| 2216 | return true; |
| 2217 | continue; |
| 2218 | } |
| 2219 | case VisitorJob::LabelRefVisitKind: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2220 | const LabelDecl *LS = cast<LabelRefVisit>(&LI)->get(); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2221 | if (LabelStmt *stmt = LS->getStmt()) { |
| 2222 | if (Visit(MakeCursorLabelRef(stmt, cast<LabelRefVisit>(&LI)->getLoc(), |
| 2223 | TU))) { |
| 2224 | return true; |
| 2225 | } |
| 2226 | } |
| 2227 | continue; |
| 2228 | } |
| 2229 | |
| 2230 | case VisitorJob::NestedNameSpecifierLocVisitKind: { |
| 2231 | NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit *V = cast<NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit>(&LI); |
| 2232 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(V->get())) |
| 2233 | return true; |
| 2234 | continue; |
| 2235 | } |
| 2236 | |
| 2237 | case VisitorJob::DeclarationNameInfoVisitKind: { |
| 2238 | if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(cast<DeclarationNameInfoVisit>(&LI) |
| 2239 | ->get())) |
| 2240 | return true; |
| 2241 | continue; |
| 2242 | } |
| 2243 | case VisitorJob::MemberRefVisitKind: { |
| 2244 | MemberRefVisit *V = cast<MemberRefVisit>(&LI); |
| 2245 | if (Visit(MakeCursorMemberRef(V->get(), V->getLoc(), TU))) |
| 2246 | return true; |
| 2247 | continue; |
| 2248 | } |
| 2249 | case VisitorJob::StmtVisitKind: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2250 | const Stmt *S = cast<StmtVisit>(&LI)->get(); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2251 | if (!S) |
| 2252 | continue; |
| 2253 | |
| 2254 | // Update the current cursor. |
| 2255 | CXCursor Cursor = MakeCXCursor(S, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest); |
| 2256 | if (!IsInRegionOfInterest(Cursor)) |
| 2257 | continue; |
| 2258 | switch (Visitor(Cursor, Parent, ClientData)) { |
| 2259 | case CXChildVisit_Break: return true; |
| 2260 | case CXChildVisit_Continue: break; |
| 2261 | case CXChildVisit_Recurse: |
| 2262 | if (PostChildrenVisitor) |
| 2263 | WL.push_back(PostChildrenVisit(0, Cursor)); |
| 2264 | EnqueueWorkList(WL, S); |
| 2265 | break; |
| 2266 | } |
| 2267 | continue; |
| 2268 | } |
| 2269 | case VisitorJob::MemberExprPartsKind: { |
| 2270 | // Handle the other pieces in the MemberExpr besides the base. |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2271 | const MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExprParts>(&LI)->get(); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2272 | |
| 2273 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier |
| 2274 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = M->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 2275 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 2276 | return true; |
| 2277 | |
| 2278 | // Visit the declaration name. |
| 2279 | if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(M->getMemberNameInfo())) |
| 2280 | return true; |
| 2281 | |
| 2282 | // Visit the explicitly-specified template arguments, if any. |
| 2283 | if (M->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { |
| 2284 | for (const TemplateArgumentLoc *Arg = M->getTemplateArgs(), |
| 2285 | *ArgEnd = Arg + M->getNumTemplateArgs(); |
| 2286 | Arg != ArgEnd; ++Arg) { |
| 2287 | if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(*Arg)) |
| 2288 | return true; |
| 2289 | } |
| 2290 | } |
| 2291 | continue; |
| 2292 | } |
| 2293 | case VisitorJob::DeclRefExprPartsKind: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2294 | const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExprParts>(&LI)->get(); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2295 | // Visit nested-name-specifier, if present. |
| 2296 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = DR->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 2297 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 2298 | return true; |
| 2299 | // Visit declaration name. |
| 2300 | if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(DR->getNameInfo())) |
| 2301 | return true; |
| 2302 | continue; |
| 2303 | } |
| 2304 | case VisitorJob::OverloadExprPartsKind: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2305 | const OverloadExpr *O = cast<OverloadExprParts>(&LI)->get(); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2306 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier. |
| 2307 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = O->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 2308 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 2309 | return true; |
| 2310 | // Visit the declaration name. |
| 2311 | if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(O->getNameInfo())) |
| 2312 | return true; |
| 2313 | // Visit the overloaded declaration reference. |
| 2314 | if (Visit(MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(O, TU))) |
| 2315 | return true; |
| 2316 | continue; |
| 2317 | } |
| 2318 | case VisitorJob::SizeOfPackExprPartsKind: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2319 | const SizeOfPackExpr *E = cast<SizeOfPackExprParts>(&LI)->get(); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2320 | NamedDecl *Pack = E->getPack(); |
| 2321 | if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Pack)) { |
| 2322 | if (Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Pack), |
| 2323 | E->getPackLoc(), TU))) |
| 2324 | return true; |
| 2325 | |
| 2326 | continue; |
| 2327 | } |
| 2328 | |
| 2329 | if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Pack)) { |
| 2330 | if (Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Pack), |
| 2331 | E->getPackLoc(), TU))) |
| 2332 | return true; |
| 2333 | |
| 2334 | continue; |
| 2335 | } |
| 2336 | |
| 2337 | // Non-type template parameter packs and function parameter packs are |
| 2338 | // treated like DeclRefExpr cursors. |
| 2339 | continue; |
| 2340 | } |
| 2341 | |
| 2342 | case VisitorJob::LambdaExprPartsKind: { |
| 2343 | // Visit captures. |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2344 | const LambdaExpr *E = cast<LambdaExprParts>(&LI)->get(); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2345 | for (LambdaExpr::capture_iterator C = E->explicit_capture_begin(), |
| 2346 | CEnd = E->explicit_capture_end(); |
| 2347 | C != CEnd; ++C) { |
| 2348 | if (C->capturesThis()) |
| 2349 | continue; |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 | if (Visit(MakeCursorVariableRef(C->getCapturedVar(), |
| 2352 | C->getLocation(), |
| 2353 | TU))) |
| 2354 | return true; |
| 2355 | } |
| 2356 | |
| 2357 | // Visit parameters and return type, if present. |
| 2358 | if (E->hasExplicitParameters() || E->hasExplicitResultType()) { |
| 2359 | TypeLoc TL = E->getCallOperator()->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); |
| 2360 | if (E->hasExplicitParameters() && E->hasExplicitResultType()) { |
| 2361 | // Visit the whole type. |
| 2362 | if (Visit(TL)) |
| 2363 | return true; |
| 2364 | } else if (isa<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(TL)) { |
| 2365 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc Proto = cast<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(TL); |
| 2366 | if (E->hasExplicitParameters()) { |
| 2367 | // Visit parameters. |
| 2368 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Proto.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) |
| 2369 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(Proto.getArg(I), TU))) |
| 2370 | return true; |
| 2371 | } else { |
| 2372 | // Visit result type. |
| 2373 | if (Visit(Proto.getResultLoc())) |
| 2374 | return true; |
| 2375 | } |
| 2376 | } |
| 2377 | } |
| 2378 | break; |
| 2379 | } |
| 2380 | |
| 2381 | case VisitorJob::PostChildrenVisitKind: |
| 2382 | if (PostChildrenVisitor(Parent, ClientData)) |
| 2383 | return true; |
| 2384 | break; |
| 2385 | } |
| 2386 | } |
| 2387 | return false; |
| 2388 | } |
| 2389 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2390 | bool CursorVisitor::Visit(const Stmt *S) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2391 | VisitorWorkList *WL = 0; |
| 2392 | if (!WorkListFreeList.empty()) { |
| 2393 | WL = WorkListFreeList.back(); |
| 2394 | WL->clear(); |
| 2395 | WorkListFreeList.pop_back(); |
| 2396 | } |
| 2397 | else { |
| 2398 | WL = new VisitorWorkList(); |
| 2399 | WorkListCache.push_back(WL); |
| 2400 | } |
| 2401 | EnqueueWorkList(*WL, S); |
| 2402 | bool result = RunVisitorWorkList(*WL); |
| 2403 | WorkListFreeList.push_back(WL); |
| 2404 | return result; |
| 2405 | } |
| 2406 | |
| 2407 | namespace { |
Dmitri Gribenko | cfa88f8 | 2013-01-12 19:30:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2408 | typedef SmallVector<SourceRange, 4> RefNamePieces; |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2409 | RefNamePieces buildPieces(unsigned NameFlags, bool IsMemberRefExpr, |
| 2410 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NI, |
| 2411 | const SourceRange &QLoc, |
| 2412 | const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0){ |
| 2413 | const bool WantQualifier = NameFlags & CXNameRange_WantQualifier; |
| 2414 | const bool WantTemplateArgs = NameFlags & CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs; |
| 2415 | const bool WantSinglePiece = NameFlags & CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece; |
| 2416 | |
| 2417 | const DeclarationName::NameKind Kind = NI.getName().getNameKind(); |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 | RefNamePieces Pieces; |
| 2420 | |
| 2421 | if (WantQualifier && QLoc.isValid()) |
| 2422 | Pieces.push_back(QLoc); |
| 2423 | |
| 2424 | if (Kind != DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName || IsMemberRefExpr) |
| 2425 | Pieces.push_back(NI.getLoc()); |
| 2426 | |
| 2427 | if (WantTemplateArgs && TemplateArgs) |
| 2428 | Pieces.push_back(SourceRange(TemplateArgs->LAngleLoc, |
| 2429 | TemplateArgs->RAngleLoc)); |
| 2430 | |
| 2431 | if (Kind == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName) { |
| 2432 | Pieces.push_back(SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding( |
| 2433 | NI.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc)); |
| 2434 | Pieces.push_back(SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding( |
| 2435 | NI.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc)); |
| 2436 | } |
| 2437 | |
| 2438 | if (WantSinglePiece) { |
| 2439 | SourceRange R(Pieces.front().getBegin(), Pieces.back().getEnd()); |
| 2440 | Pieces.clear(); |
| 2441 | Pieces.push_back(R); |
| 2442 | } |
| 2443 | |
| 2444 | return Pieces; |
| 2445 | } |
| 2446 | } |
| 2447 | |
| 2448 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 2449 | // Misc. API hooks. |
| 2450 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 2451 | |
| 2452 | static llvm::sys::Mutex EnableMultithreadingMutex; |
| 2453 | static bool EnabledMultithreading; |
| 2454 | |
| 2455 | static void fatal_error_handler(void *user_data, const std::string& reason) { |
| 2456 | // Write the result out to stderr avoiding errs() because raw_ostreams can |
| 2457 | // call report_fatal_error. |
| 2458 | fprintf(stderr, "LIBCLANG FATAL ERROR: %s\n", reason.c_str()); |
| 2459 | ::abort(); |
| 2460 | } |
| 2461 | |
| 2462 | extern "C" { |
| 2463 | CXIndex clang_createIndex(int excludeDeclarationsFromPCH, |
| 2464 | int displayDiagnostics) { |
| 2465 | // Disable pretty stack trace functionality, which will otherwise be a very |
| 2466 | // poor citizen of the world and set up all sorts of signal handlers. |
| 2467 | llvm::DisablePrettyStackTrace = true; |
| 2468 | |
| 2469 | // We use crash recovery to make some of our APIs more reliable, implicitly |
| 2470 | // enable it. |
| 2471 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext::Enable(); |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 | // Enable support for multithreading in LLVM. |
| 2474 | { |
| 2475 | llvm::sys::ScopedLock L(EnableMultithreadingMutex); |
| 2476 | if (!EnabledMultithreading) { |
| 2477 | llvm::install_fatal_error_handler(fatal_error_handler, 0); |
| 2478 | llvm::llvm_start_multithreaded(); |
| 2479 | EnabledMultithreading = true; |
| 2480 | } |
| 2481 | } |
| 2482 | |
| 2483 | CIndexer *CIdxr = new CIndexer(); |
| 2484 | if (excludeDeclarationsFromPCH) |
| 2485 | CIdxr->setOnlyLocalDecls(); |
| 2486 | if (displayDiagnostics) |
| 2487 | CIdxr->setDisplayDiagnostics(); |
| 2488 | |
| 2489 | if (getenv("LIBCLANG_BGPRIO_INDEX")) |
| 2490 | CIdxr->setCXGlobalOptFlags(CIdxr->getCXGlobalOptFlags() | |
| 2491 | CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing); |
| 2492 | if (getenv("LIBCLANG_BGPRIO_EDIT")) |
| 2493 | CIdxr->setCXGlobalOptFlags(CIdxr->getCXGlobalOptFlags() | |
| 2494 | CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing); |
| 2495 | |
| 2496 | return CIdxr; |
| 2497 | } |
| 2498 | |
| 2499 | void clang_disposeIndex(CXIndex CIdx) { |
| 2500 | if (CIdx) |
| 2501 | delete static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx); |
| 2502 | } |
| 2503 | |
| 2504 | void clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(CXIndex CIdx, unsigned options) { |
| 2505 | if (CIdx) |
| 2506 | static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx)->setCXGlobalOptFlags(options); |
| 2507 | } |
| 2508 | |
| 2509 | unsigned clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(CXIndex CIdx) { |
| 2510 | if (CIdx) |
| 2511 | return static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx)->getCXGlobalOptFlags(); |
| 2512 | return 0; |
| 2513 | } |
| 2514 | |
| 2515 | void clang_toggleCrashRecovery(unsigned isEnabled) { |
| 2516 | if (isEnabled) |
| 2517 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext::Enable(); |
| 2518 | else |
| 2519 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext::Disable(); |
| 2520 | } |
| 2521 | |
| 2522 | CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx, |
| 2523 | const char *ast_filename) { |
| 2524 | if (!CIdx) |
| 2525 | return 0; |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 | CIndexer *CXXIdx = static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx); |
| 2528 | FileSystemOptions FileSystemOpts; |
| 2529 | |
| 2530 | IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine> Diags; |
| 2531 | ASTUnit *TU = ASTUnit::LoadFromASTFile(ast_filename, Diags, FileSystemOpts, |
| 2532 | CXXIdx->getOnlyLocalDecls(), |
| 2533 | 0, 0, |
| 2534 | /*CaptureDiagnostics=*/true, |
| 2535 | /*AllowPCHWithCompilerErrors=*/true, |
| 2536 | /*UserFilesAreVolatile=*/true); |
| 2537 | return MakeCXTranslationUnit(CXXIdx, TU); |
| 2538 | } |
| 2539 | |
| 2540 | unsigned clang_defaultEditingTranslationUnitOptions() { |
| 2541 | return CXTranslationUnit_PrecompiledPreamble | |
| 2542 | CXTranslationUnit_CacheCompletionResults; |
| 2543 | } |
| 2544 | |
| 2545 | CXTranslationUnit |
| 2546 | clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(CXIndex CIdx, |
| 2547 | const char *source_filename, |
| 2548 | int num_command_line_args, |
| 2549 | const char * const *command_line_args, |
| 2550 | unsigned num_unsaved_files, |
| 2551 | struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files) { |
| 2552 | unsigned Options = CXTranslationUnit_DetailedPreprocessingRecord; |
| 2553 | return clang_parseTranslationUnit(CIdx, source_filename, |
| 2554 | command_line_args, num_command_line_args, |
| 2555 | unsaved_files, num_unsaved_files, |
| 2556 | Options); |
| 2557 | } |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 | struct ParseTranslationUnitInfo { |
| 2560 | CXIndex CIdx; |
| 2561 | const char *source_filename; |
| 2562 | const char *const *command_line_args; |
| 2563 | int num_command_line_args; |
| 2564 | struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files; |
| 2565 | unsigned num_unsaved_files; |
| 2566 | unsigned options; |
| 2567 | CXTranslationUnit result; |
| 2568 | }; |
| 2569 | static void clang_parseTranslationUnit_Impl(void *UserData) { |
| 2570 | ParseTranslationUnitInfo *PTUI = |
| 2571 | static_cast<ParseTranslationUnitInfo*>(UserData); |
| 2572 | CXIndex CIdx = PTUI->CIdx; |
| 2573 | const char *source_filename = PTUI->source_filename; |
| 2574 | const char * const *command_line_args = PTUI->command_line_args; |
| 2575 | int num_command_line_args = PTUI->num_command_line_args; |
| 2576 | struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files = PTUI->unsaved_files; |
| 2577 | unsigned num_unsaved_files = PTUI->num_unsaved_files; |
| 2578 | unsigned options = PTUI->options; |
| 2579 | PTUI->result = 0; |
| 2580 | |
| 2581 | if (!CIdx) |
| 2582 | return; |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 | CIndexer *CXXIdx = static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx); |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 | if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing)) |
| 2587 | setThreadBackgroundPriority(); |
| 2588 | |
| 2589 | bool PrecompilePreamble = options & CXTranslationUnit_PrecompiledPreamble; |
| 2590 | // FIXME: Add a flag for modules. |
| 2591 | TranslationUnitKind TUKind |
| 2592 | = (options & CXTranslationUnit_Incomplete)? TU_Prefix : TU_Complete; |
| 2593 | bool CacheCodeCompetionResults |
| 2594 | = options & CXTranslationUnit_CacheCompletionResults; |
| 2595 | bool IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion |
| 2596 | = options & CXTranslationUnit_IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion; |
| 2597 | bool SkipFunctionBodies = options & CXTranslationUnit_SkipFunctionBodies; |
| 2598 | bool ForSerialization = options & CXTranslationUnit_ForSerialization; |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 | // Configure the diagnostics. |
| 2601 | IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine> |
Sean Silva | d47afb9 | 2013-01-20 01:58:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2602 | Diags(CompilerInstance::createDiagnostics(new DiagnosticOptions)); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2603 | |
| 2604 | // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this function. |
| 2605 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<DiagnosticsEngine, |
| 2606 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContextReleaseRefCleanup<DiagnosticsEngine> > |
| 2607 | DiagCleanup(Diags.getPtr()); |
| 2608 | |
| 2609 | OwningPtr<std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile> > |
| 2610 | RemappedFiles(new std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile>()); |
| 2611 | |
| 2612 | // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this function. |
| 2613 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar< |
| 2614 | std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile> > RemappedCleanup(RemappedFiles.get()); |
| 2615 | |
| 2616 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != num_unsaved_files; ++I) { |
| 2617 | StringRef Data(unsaved_files[I].Contents, unsaved_files[I].Length); |
| 2618 | const llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buffer |
| 2619 | = llvm::MemoryBuffer::getMemBufferCopy(Data, unsaved_files[I].Filename); |
| 2620 | RemappedFiles->push_back(std::make_pair(unsaved_files[I].Filename, |
| 2621 | Buffer)); |
| 2622 | } |
| 2623 | |
| 2624 | OwningPtr<std::vector<const char *> > |
| 2625 | Args(new std::vector<const char*>()); |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 | // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this method. |
| 2628 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<std::vector<const char*> > |
| 2629 | ArgsCleanup(Args.get()); |
| 2630 | |
| 2631 | // Since the Clang C library is primarily used by batch tools dealing with |
| 2632 | // (often very broken) source code, where spell-checking can have a |
| 2633 | // significant negative impact on performance (particularly when |
| 2634 | // precompiled headers are involved), we disable it by default. |
| 2635 | // Only do this if we haven't found a spell-checking-related argument. |
| 2636 | bool FoundSpellCheckingArgument = false; |
| 2637 | for (int I = 0; I != num_command_line_args; ++I) { |
| 2638 | if (strcmp(command_line_args[I], "-fno-spell-checking") == 0 || |
| 2639 | strcmp(command_line_args[I], "-fspell-checking") == 0) { |
| 2640 | FoundSpellCheckingArgument = true; |
| 2641 | break; |
| 2642 | } |
| 2643 | } |
| 2644 | if (!FoundSpellCheckingArgument) |
| 2645 | Args->push_back("-fno-spell-checking"); |
| 2646 | |
| 2647 | Args->insert(Args->end(), command_line_args, |
| 2648 | command_line_args + num_command_line_args); |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 | // The 'source_filename' argument is optional. If the caller does not |
| 2651 | // specify it then it is assumed that the source file is specified |
| 2652 | // in the actual argument list. |
| 2653 | // Put the source file after command_line_args otherwise if '-x' flag is |
| 2654 | // present it will be unused. |
| 2655 | if (source_filename) |
| 2656 | Args->push_back(source_filename); |
| 2657 | |
| 2658 | // Do we need the detailed preprocessing record? |
| 2659 | if (options & CXTranslationUnit_DetailedPreprocessingRecord) { |
| 2660 | Args->push_back("-Xclang"); |
| 2661 | Args->push_back("-detailed-preprocessing-record"); |
| 2662 | } |
| 2663 | |
| 2664 | unsigned NumErrors = Diags->getClient()->getNumErrors(); |
| 2665 | OwningPtr<ASTUnit> ErrUnit; |
| 2666 | OwningPtr<ASTUnit> Unit( |
| 2667 | ASTUnit::LoadFromCommandLine(Args->size() ? &(*Args)[0] : 0 |
| 2668 | /* vector::data() not portable */, |
| 2669 | Args->size() ? (&(*Args)[0] + Args->size()) :0, |
| 2670 | Diags, |
| 2671 | CXXIdx->getClangResourcesPath(), |
| 2672 | CXXIdx->getOnlyLocalDecls(), |
| 2673 | /*CaptureDiagnostics=*/true, |
| 2674 | RemappedFiles->size() ? &(*RemappedFiles)[0]:0, |
| 2675 | RemappedFiles->size(), |
| 2676 | /*RemappedFilesKeepOriginalName=*/true, |
| 2677 | PrecompilePreamble, |
| 2678 | TUKind, |
| 2679 | CacheCodeCompetionResults, |
| 2680 | IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion, |
| 2681 | /*AllowPCHWithCompilerErrors=*/true, |
| 2682 | SkipFunctionBodies, |
| 2683 | /*UserFilesAreVolatile=*/true, |
| 2684 | ForSerialization, |
| 2685 | &ErrUnit)); |
| 2686 | |
| 2687 | if (NumErrors != Diags->getClient()->getNumErrors()) { |
| 2688 | // Make sure to check that 'Unit' is non-NULL. |
| 2689 | if (CXXIdx->getDisplayDiagnostics()) |
| 2690 | printDiagsToStderr(Unit ? Unit.get() : ErrUnit.get()); |
| 2691 | } |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | PTUI->result = MakeCXTranslationUnit(CXXIdx, Unit.take()); |
| 2694 | } |
| 2695 | CXTranslationUnit clang_parseTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx, |
| 2696 | const char *source_filename, |
| 2697 | const char * const *command_line_args, |
| 2698 | int num_command_line_args, |
| 2699 | struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, |
| 2700 | unsigned num_unsaved_files, |
| 2701 | unsigned options) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c6f5c6a | 2013-01-10 18:54:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2702 | LOG_FUNC_SECTION { |
| 2703 | *Log << source_filename << ": "; |
| 2704 | for (int i = 0; i != num_command_line_args; ++i) |
| 2705 | *Log << command_line_args[i] << " "; |
| 2706 | } |
| 2707 | |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2708 | ParseTranslationUnitInfo PTUI = { CIdx, source_filename, command_line_args, |
| 2709 | num_command_line_args, unsaved_files, |
| 2710 | num_unsaved_files, options, 0 }; |
| 2711 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC; |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 | if (!RunSafely(CRC, clang_parseTranslationUnit_Impl, &PTUI)) { |
| 2714 | fprintf(stderr, "libclang: crash detected during parsing: {\n"); |
| 2715 | fprintf(stderr, " 'source_filename' : '%s'\n", source_filename); |
| 2716 | fprintf(stderr, " 'command_line_args' : ["); |
| 2717 | for (int i = 0; i != num_command_line_args; ++i) { |
| 2718 | if (i) |
| 2719 | fprintf(stderr, ", "); |
| 2720 | fprintf(stderr, "'%s'", command_line_args[i]); |
| 2721 | } |
| 2722 | fprintf(stderr, "],\n"); |
| 2723 | fprintf(stderr, " 'unsaved_files' : ["); |
| 2724 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != num_unsaved_files; ++i) { |
| 2725 | if (i) |
| 2726 | fprintf(stderr, ", "); |
| 2727 | fprintf(stderr, "('%s', '...', %ld)", unsaved_files[i].Filename, |
| 2728 | unsaved_files[i].Length); |
| 2729 | } |
| 2730 | fprintf(stderr, "],\n"); |
| 2731 | fprintf(stderr, " 'options' : %d,\n", options); |
| 2732 | fprintf(stderr, "}\n"); |
| 2733 | |
| 2734 | return 0; |
| 2735 | } else if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE")) { |
| 2736 | PrintLibclangResourceUsage(PTUI.result); |
| 2737 | } |
| 2738 | |
| 2739 | return PTUI.result; |
| 2740 | } |
| 2741 | |
| 2742 | unsigned clang_defaultSaveOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU) { |
| 2743 | return CXSaveTranslationUnit_None; |
| 2744 | } |
| 2745 | |
| 2746 | namespace { |
| 2747 | |
| 2748 | struct SaveTranslationUnitInfo { |
| 2749 | CXTranslationUnit TU; |
| 2750 | const char *FileName; |
| 2751 | unsigned options; |
| 2752 | CXSaveError result; |
| 2753 | }; |
| 2754 | |
| 2755 | } |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 | static void clang_saveTranslationUnit_Impl(void *UserData) { |
| 2758 | SaveTranslationUnitInfo *STUI = |
| 2759 | static_cast<SaveTranslationUnitInfo*>(UserData); |
| 2760 | |
| 2761 | CIndexer *CXXIdx = (CIndexer*)STUI->TU->CIdx; |
| 2762 | if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing)) |
| 2763 | setThreadBackgroundPriority(); |
| 2764 | |
| 2765 | bool hadError = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(STUI->TU->TUData)->Save(STUI->FileName); |
| 2766 | STUI->result = hadError ? CXSaveError_Unknown : CXSaveError_None; |
| 2767 | } |
| 2768 | |
| 2769 | int clang_saveTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU, const char *FileName, |
| 2770 | unsigned options) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c6f5c6a | 2013-01-10 18:54:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2771 | LOG_FUNC_SECTION { |
| 2772 | *Log << TU << ' ' << FileName; |
| 2773 | } |
| 2774 | |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2775 | if (!TU) |
| 2776 | return CXSaveError_InvalidTU; |
| 2777 | |
| 2778 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData); |
| 2779 | ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit); |
| 2780 | if (!CXXUnit->hasSema()) |
| 2781 | return CXSaveError_InvalidTU; |
| 2782 | |
| 2783 | SaveTranslationUnitInfo STUI = { TU, FileName, options, CXSaveError_None }; |
| 2784 | |
| 2785 | if (!CXXUnit->getDiagnostics().hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred() || |
| 2786 | getenv("LIBCLANG_NOTHREADS")) { |
| 2787 | clang_saveTranslationUnit_Impl(&STUI); |
| 2788 | |
| 2789 | if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE")) |
| 2790 | PrintLibclangResourceUsage(TU); |
| 2791 | |
| 2792 | return STUI.result; |
| 2793 | } |
| 2794 | |
| 2795 | // We have an AST that has invalid nodes due to compiler errors. |
| 2796 | // Use a crash recovery thread for protection. |
| 2797 | |
| 2798 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC; |
| 2799 | |
| 2800 | if (!RunSafely(CRC, clang_saveTranslationUnit_Impl, &STUI)) { |
| 2801 | fprintf(stderr, "libclang: crash detected during AST saving: {\n"); |
| 2802 | fprintf(stderr, " 'filename' : '%s'\n", FileName); |
| 2803 | fprintf(stderr, " 'options' : %d,\n", options); |
| 2804 | fprintf(stderr, "}\n"); |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 | return CXSaveError_Unknown; |
| 2807 | |
| 2808 | } else if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE")) { |
| 2809 | PrintLibclangResourceUsage(TU); |
| 2810 | } |
| 2811 | |
| 2812 | return STUI.result; |
| 2813 | } |
| 2814 | |
| 2815 | void clang_disposeTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit) { |
| 2816 | if (CTUnit) { |
| 2817 | // If the translation unit has been marked as unsafe to free, just discard |
| 2818 | // it. |
| 2819 | if (static_cast<ASTUnit *>(CTUnit->TUData)->isUnsafeToFree()) |
| 2820 | return; |
| 2821 | |
| 2822 | delete static_cast<ASTUnit *>(CTUnit->TUData); |
| 2823 | disposeCXStringPool(CTUnit->StringPool); |
| 2824 | delete static_cast<CXDiagnosticSetImpl *>(CTUnit->Diagnostics); |
| 2825 | disposeOverridenCXCursorsPool(CTUnit->OverridenCursorsPool); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 88b9521 | 2012-12-18 23:02:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2826 | delete static_cast<SimpleFormatContext*>(CTUnit->FormatContext); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2827 | delete CTUnit; |
| 2828 | } |
| 2829 | } |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 | unsigned clang_defaultReparseOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU) { |
| 2832 | return CXReparse_None; |
| 2833 | } |
| 2834 | |
| 2835 | struct ReparseTranslationUnitInfo { |
| 2836 | CXTranslationUnit TU; |
| 2837 | unsigned num_unsaved_files; |
| 2838 | struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files; |
| 2839 | unsigned options; |
| 2840 | int result; |
| 2841 | }; |
| 2842 | |
| 2843 | static void clang_reparseTranslationUnit_Impl(void *UserData) { |
| 2844 | ReparseTranslationUnitInfo *RTUI = |
| 2845 | static_cast<ReparseTranslationUnitInfo*>(UserData); |
| 2846 | CXTranslationUnit TU = RTUI->TU; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | d7bf4a4 | 2013-01-16 18:13:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2847 | if (!TU) |
| 2848 | return; |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2849 | |
| 2850 | // Reset the associated diagnostics. |
| 2851 | delete static_cast<CXDiagnosticSetImpl*>(TU->Diagnostics); |
| 2852 | TU->Diagnostics = 0; |
| 2853 | |
| 2854 | unsigned num_unsaved_files = RTUI->num_unsaved_files; |
| 2855 | struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files = RTUI->unsaved_files; |
| 2856 | unsigned options = RTUI->options; |
| 2857 | (void) options; |
| 2858 | RTUI->result = 1; |
| 2859 | |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2860 | CIndexer *CXXIdx = (CIndexer*)TU->CIdx; |
| 2861 | if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing)) |
| 2862 | setThreadBackgroundPriority(); |
| 2863 | |
| 2864 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData); |
| 2865 | ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit); |
| 2866 | |
| 2867 | OwningPtr<std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile> > |
| 2868 | RemappedFiles(new std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile>()); |
| 2869 | |
| 2870 | // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this function. |
| 2871 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar< |
| 2872 | std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile> > RemappedCleanup(RemappedFiles.get()); |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != num_unsaved_files; ++I) { |
| 2875 | StringRef Data(unsaved_files[I].Contents, unsaved_files[I].Length); |
| 2876 | const llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buffer |
| 2877 | = llvm::MemoryBuffer::getMemBufferCopy(Data, unsaved_files[I].Filename); |
| 2878 | RemappedFiles->push_back(std::make_pair(unsaved_files[I].Filename, |
| 2879 | Buffer)); |
| 2880 | } |
| 2881 | |
| 2882 | if (!CXXUnit->Reparse(RemappedFiles->size() ? &(*RemappedFiles)[0] : 0, |
| 2883 | RemappedFiles->size())) |
| 2884 | RTUI->result = 0; |
| 2885 | } |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 | int clang_reparseTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU, |
| 2888 | unsigned num_unsaved_files, |
| 2889 | struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, |
| 2890 | unsigned options) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c6f5c6a | 2013-01-10 18:54:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2891 | LOG_FUNC_SECTION { |
| 2892 | *Log << TU; |
| 2893 | } |
| 2894 | |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2895 | ReparseTranslationUnitInfo RTUI = { TU, num_unsaved_files, unsaved_files, |
| 2896 | options, 0 }; |
| 2897 | |
| 2898 | if (getenv("LIBCLANG_NOTHREADS")) { |
| 2899 | clang_reparseTranslationUnit_Impl(&RTUI); |
| 2900 | return RTUI.result; |
| 2901 | } |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC; |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 | if (!RunSafely(CRC, clang_reparseTranslationUnit_Impl, &RTUI)) { |
| 2906 | fprintf(stderr, "libclang: crash detected during reparsing\n"); |
| 2907 | static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData)->setUnsafeToFree(true); |
| 2908 | return 1; |
| 2909 | } else if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE")) |
| 2910 | PrintLibclangResourceUsage(TU); |
| 2911 | |
| 2912 | return RTUI.result; |
| 2913 | } |
| 2914 | |
| 2915 | |
| 2916 | CXString clang_getTranslationUnitSpelling(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit) { |
| 2917 | if (!CTUnit) |
| 2918 | return createCXString(""); |
| 2919 | |
| 2920 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(CTUnit->TUData); |
| 2921 | return createCXString(CXXUnit->getOriginalSourceFileName(), true); |
| 2922 | } |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 | CXCursor clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(CXTranslationUnit TU) { |
| 2925 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit*>(TU->TUData); |
| 2926 | return MakeCXCursor(CXXUnit->getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(), TU); |
| 2927 | } |
| 2928 | |
| 2929 | } // end: extern "C" |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 2932 | // CXFile Operations. |
| 2933 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 2934 | |
| 2935 | extern "C" { |
| 2936 | CXString clang_getFileName(CXFile SFile) { |
| 2937 | if (!SFile) |
| 2938 | return createCXString((const char*)NULL); |
| 2939 | |
| 2940 | FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(SFile); |
| 2941 | return createCXString(FEnt->getName()); |
| 2942 | } |
| 2943 | |
| 2944 | time_t clang_getFileTime(CXFile SFile) { |
| 2945 | if (!SFile) |
| 2946 | return 0; |
| 2947 | |
| 2948 | FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(SFile); |
| 2949 | return FEnt->getModificationTime(); |
| 2950 | } |
| 2951 | |
| 2952 | CXFile clang_getFile(CXTranslationUnit tu, const char *file_name) { |
| 2953 | if (!tu) |
| 2954 | return 0; |
| 2955 | |
| 2956 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(tu->TUData); |
| 2957 | |
| 2958 | FileManager &FMgr = CXXUnit->getFileManager(); |
| 2959 | return const_cast<FileEntry *>(FMgr.getFile(file_name)); |
| 2960 | } |
| 2961 | |
| 2962 | unsigned clang_isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(CXTranslationUnit tu, CXFile file) { |
| 2963 | if (!tu || !file) |
| 2964 | return 0; |
| 2965 | |
| 2966 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(tu->TUData); |
| 2967 | FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(file); |
| 2968 | return CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().getHeaderSearchInfo() |
| 2969 | .isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FEnt); |
| 2970 | } |
| 2971 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | db84e7a | 2013-01-26 04:52:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2972 | int clang_getFileUniqueID(CXFile file, CXFileUniqueID *outID) { |
| 2973 | if (!file || !outID) |
| 2974 | return 1; |
| 2975 | |
| 2976 | #ifdef LLVM_ON_WIN32 |
| 2977 | return 1; // inodes not supported on windows. |
| 2978 | #else |
| 2979 | FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(file); |
| 2980 | outID->data[0] = FEnt->getDevice(); |
| 2981 | outID->data[1] = FEnt->getInode(); |
| 2982 | outID->data[2] = FEnt->getModificationTime(); |
| 2983 | return 0; |
| 2984 | #endif |
| 2985 | } |
| 2986 | |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2987 | } // end: extern "C" |
| 2988 | |
| 2989 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 2990 | // CXCursor Operations. |
| 2991 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 2992 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2993 | static const Decl *getDeclFromExpr(const Stmt *E) { |
| 2994 | if (const ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2995 | return getDeclFromExpr(CE->getSubExpr()); |
| 2996 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2997 | if (const DeclRefExpr *RefExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2998 | return RefExpr->getDecl(); |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2999 | if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3000 | return ME->getMemberDecl(); |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3001 | if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *RE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3002 | return RE->getDecl(); |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3003 | if (const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E)) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3004 | if (PRE->isExplicitProperty()) |
| 3005 | return PRE->getExplicitProperty(); |
| 3006 | // It could be messaging both getter and setter as in: |
| 3007 | // ++myobj.myprop; |
| 3008 | // in which case prefer to associate the setter since it is less obvious |
| 3009 | // from inspecting the source that the setter is going to get called. |
| 3010 | if (PRE->isMessagingSetter()) |
| 3011 | return PRE->getImplicitPropertySetter(); |
| 3012 | return PRE->getImplicitPropertyGetter(); |
| 3013 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3014 | if (const PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3015 | return getDeclFromExpr(POE->getSyntacticForm()); |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3016 | if (const OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3017 | if (Expr *Src = OVE->getSourceExpr()) |
| 3018 | return getDeclFromExpr(Src); |
| 3019 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3020 | if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3021 | return getDeclFromExpr(CE->getCallee()); |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3022 | if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(E)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3023 | if (!CE->isElidable()) |
| 3024 | return CE->getConstructor(); |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3025 | if (const ObjCMessageExpr *OME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3026 | return OME->getMethodDecl(); |
| 3027 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3028 | if (const ObjCProtocolExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolExpr>(E)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3029 | return PE->getProtocol(); |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3030 | if (const SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr *NTTP |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3031 | = dyn_cast<SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr>(E)) |
| 3032 | return NTTP->getParameterPack(); |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3033 | if (const SizeOfPackExpr *SizeOfPack = dyn_cast<SizeOfPackExpr>(E)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3034 | if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(SizeOfPack->getPack()) || |
| 3035 | isa<ParmVarDecl>(SizeOfPack->getPack())) |
| 3036 | return SizeOfPack->getPack(); |
| 3037 | |
| 3038 | return 0; |
| 3039 | } |
| 3040 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3041 | static SourceLocation getLocationFromExpr(const Expr *E) { |
| 3042 | if (const ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3043 | return getLocationFromExpr(CE->getSubExpr()); |
| 3044 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3045 | if (const ObjCMessageExpr *Msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3046 | return /*FIXME:*/Msg->getLeftLoc(); |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3047 | if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3048 | return DRE->getLocation(); |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3049 | if (const MemberExpr *Member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3050 | return Member->getMemberLoc(); |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3051 | if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3052 | return Ivar->getLocation(); |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3053 | if (const SizeOfPackExpr *SizeOfPack = dyn_cast<SizeOfPackExpr>(E)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3054 | return SizeOfPack->getPackLoc(); |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3055 | if (const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PropRef = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3056 | return PropRef->getLocation(); |
| 3057 | |
| 3058 | return E->getLocStart(); |
| 3059 | } |
| 3060 | |
| 3061 | extern "C" { |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 | unsigned clang_visitChildren(CXCursor parent, |
| 3064 | CXCursorVisitor visitor, |
| 3065 | CXClientData client_data) { |
| 3066 | CursorVisitor CursorVis(getCursorTU(parent), visitor, client_data, |
| 3067 | /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/false); |
| 3068 | return CursorVis.VisitChildren(parent); |
| 3069 | } |
| 3070 | |
| 3071 | #ifndef __has_feature |
| 3072 | #define __has_feature(x) 0 |
| 3073 | #endif |
| 3074 | #if __has_feature(blocks) |
| 3075 | typedef enum CXChildVisitResult |
| 3076 | (^CXCursorVisitorBlock)(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent); |
| 3077 | |
| 3078 | static enum CXChildVisitResult visitWithBlock(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent, |
| 3079 | CXClientData client_data) { |
| 3080 | CXCursorVisitorBlock block = (CXCursorVisitorBlock)client_data; |
| 3081 | return block(cursor, parent); |
| 3082 | } |
| 3083 | #else |
| 3084 | // If we are compiled with a compiler that doesn't have native blocks support, |
| 3085 | // define and call the block manually, so the |
| 3086 | typedef struct _CXChildVisitResult |
| 3087 | { |
| 3088 | void *isa; |
| 3089 | int flags; |
| 3090 | int reserved; |
| 3091 | enum CXChildVisitResult(*invoke)(struct _CXChildVisitResult*, CXCursor, |
| 3092 | CXCursor); |
| 3093 | } *CXCursorVisitorBlock; |
| 3094 | |
| 3095 | static enum CXChildVisitResult visitWithBlock(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent, |
| 3096 | CXClientData client_data) { |
| 3097 | CXCursorVisitorBlock block = (CXCursorVisitorBlock)client_data; |
| 3098 | return block->invoke(block, cursor, parent); |
| 3099 | } |
| 3100 | #endif |
| 3101 | |
| 3102 | |
| 3103 | unsigned clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(CXCursor parent, |
| 3104 | CXCursorVisitorBlock block) { |
| 3105 | return clang_visitChildren(parent, visitWithBlock, block); |
| 3106 | } |
| 3107 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3108 | static CXString getDeclSpelling(const Decl *D) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3109 | if (!D) |
| 3110 | return createCXString(""); |
| 3111 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3112 | const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3113 | if (!ND) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3114 | if (const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropImpl = |
| 3115 | dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3116 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = PropImpl->getPropertyDecl()) |
| 3117 | return createCXString(Property->getIdentifier()->getName()); |
| 3118 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3119 | if (const ImportDecl *ImportD = dyn_cast<ImportDecl>(D)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3120 | if (Module *Mod = ImportD->getImportedModule()) |
| 3121 | return createCXString(Mod->getFullModuleName()); |
| 3122 | |
| 3123 | return createCXString(""); |
| 3124 | } |
| 3125 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3126 | if (const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3127 | return createCXString(OMD->getSelector().getAsString()); |
| 3128 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3129 | if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CIMP = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ND)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3130 | // No, this isn't the same as the code below. getIdentifier() is non-virtual |
| 3131 | // and returns different names. NamedDecl returns the class name and |
| 3132 | // ObjCCategoryImplDecl returns the category name. |
| 3133 | return createCXString(CIMP->getIdentifier()->getNameStart()); |
| 3134 | |
| 3135 | if (isa<UsingDirectiveDecl>(D)) |
| 3136 | return createCXString(""); |
| 3137 | |
| 3138 | SmallString<1024> S; |
| 3139 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(S); |
| 3140 | ND->printName(os); |
| 3141 | |
| 3142 | return createCXString(os.str()); |
| 3143 | } |
| 3144 | |
| 3145 | CXString clang_getCursorSpelling(CXCursor C) { |
| 3146 | if (clang_isTranslationUnit(C.kind)) |
Dmitri Gribenko | 46f9252 | 2013-01-11 19:28:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3147 | return clang_getTranslationUnitSpelling(getCursorTU(C)); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3148 | |
| 3149 | if (clang_isReference(C.kind)) { |
| 3150 | switch (C.kind) { |
| 3151 | case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3152 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C).first; |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3153 | return createCXString(Super->getIdentifier()->getNameStart()); |
| 3154 | } |
| 3155 | case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3156 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = getCursorObjCClassRef(C).first; |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3157 | return createCXString(Class->getIdentifier()->getNameStart()); |
| 3158 | } |
| 3159 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3160 | const ObjCProtocolDecl *OID = getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C).first; |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3161 | assert(OID && "getCursorSpelling(): Missing protocol decl"); |
| 3162 | return createCXString(OID->getIdentifier()->getNameStart()); |
| 3163 | } |
| 3164 | case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3165 | const CXXBaseSpecifier *B = getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3166 | return createCXString(B->getType().getAsString()); |
| 3167 | } |
| 3168 | case CXCursor_TypeRef: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3169 | const TypeDecl *Type = getCursorTypeRef(C).first; |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3170 | assert(Type && "Missing type decl"); |
| 3171 | |
| 3172 | return createCXString(getCursorContext(C).getTypeDeclType(Type). |
| 3173 | getAsString()); |
| 3174 | } |
| 3175 | case CXCursor_TemplateRef: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3176 | const TemplateDecl *Template = getCursorTemplateRef(C).first; |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3177 | assert(Template && "Missing template decl"); |
| 3178 | |
| 3179 | return createCXString(Template->getNameAsString()); |
| 3180 | } |
| 3181 | |
| 3182 | case CXCursor_NamespaceRef: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3183 | const NamedDecl *NS = getCursorNamespaceRef(C).first; |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3184 | assert(NS && "Missing namespace decl"); |
| 3185 | |
| 3186 | return createCXString(NS->getNameAsString()); |
| 3187 | } |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 | case CXCursor_MemberRef: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3190 | const FieldDecl *Field = getCursorMemberRef(C).first; |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3191 | assert(Field && "Missing member decl"); |
| 3192 | |
| 3193 | return createCXString(Field->getNameAsString()); |
| 3194 | } |
| 3195 | |
| 3196 | case CXCursor_LabelRef: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3197 | const LabelStmt *Label = getCursorLabelRef(C).first; |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3198 | assert(Label && "Missing label"); |
| 3199 | |
| 3200 | return createCXString(Label->getName()); |
| 3201 | } |
| 3202 | |
| 3203 | case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef: { |
| 3204 | OverloadedDeclRefStorage Storage = getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).first; |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3205 | if (const Decl *D = Storage.dyn_cast<const Decl *>()) { |
| 3206 | if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3207 | return createCXString(ND->getNameAsString()); |
| 3208 | return createCXString(""); |
| 3209 | } |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3210 | if (const OverloadExpr *E = Storage.dyn_cast<const OverloadExpr *>()) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3211 | return createCXString(E->getName().getAsString()); |
| 3212 | OverloadedTemplateStorage *Ovl |
| 3213 | = Storage.get<OverloadedTemplateStorage*>(); |
| 3214 | if (Ovl->size() == 0) |
| 3215 | return createCXString(""); |
| 3216 | return createCXString((*Ovl->begin())->getNameAsString()); |
| 3217 | } |
| 3218 | |
| 3219 | case CXCursor_VariableRef: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3220 | const VarDecl *Var = getCursorVariableRef(C).first; |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3221 | assert(Var && "Missing variable decl"); |
| 3222 | |
| 3223 | return createCXString(Var->getNameAsString()); |
| 3224 | } |
| 3225 | |
| 3226 | default: |
| 3227 | return createCXString("<not implemented>"); |
| 3228 | } |
| 3229 | } |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 | if (clang_isExpression(C.kind)) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3232 | const Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(getCursorExpr(C)); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3233 | if (D) |
| 3234 | return getDeclSpelling(D); |
| 3235 | return createCXString(""); |
| 3236 | } |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 | if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3239 | const Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(C); |
| 3240 | if (const LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast_or_null<LabelStmt>(S)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3241 | return createCXString(Label->getName()); |
| 3242 | |
| 3243 | return createCXString(""); |
| 3244 | } |
| 3245 | |
| 3246 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 664b06f | 2013-01-07 19:16:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3247 | return createCXString(getCursorMacroExpansion(C).getName() |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3248 | ->getNameStart()); |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition) |
| 3251 | return createCXString(getCursorMacroDefinition(C)->getName() |
| 3252 | ->getNameStart()); |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_InclusionDirective) |
| 3255 | return createCXString(getCursorInclusionDirective(C)->getFileName()); |
| 3256 | |
| 3257 | if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 3258 | return getDeclSpelling(getCursorDecl(C)); |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_AnnotateAttr) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 7d91438 | 2013-01-26 18:08:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3261 | const AnnotateAttr *AA = cast<AnnotateAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C)); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3262 | return createCXString(AA->getAnnotation()); |
| 3263 | } |
| 3264 | |
| 3265 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 7d91438 | 2013-01-26 18:08:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3266 | const AsmLabelAttr *AA = cast<AsmLabelAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C)); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3267 | return createCXString(AA->getLabel()); |
| 3268 | } |
| 3269 | |
| 3270 | return createCXString(""); |
| 3271 | } |
| 3272 | |
| 3273 | CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getSpellingNameRange(CXCursor C, |
| 3274 | unsigned pieceIndex, |
| 3275 | unsigned options) { |
| 3276 | if (clang_Cursor_isNull(C)) |
| 3277 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 3278 | |
| 3279 | ASTContext &Ctx = getCursorContext(C); |
| 3280 | |
| 3281 | if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3282 | const Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(C); |
| 3283 | if (const LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast_or_null<LabelStmt>(S)) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3284 | if (pieceIndex > 0) |
| 3285 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 3286 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, Label->getIdentLoc()); |
| 3287 | } |
| 3288 | |
| 3289 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 3290 | } |
| 3291 | |
| 3292 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCMessageExpr) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3293 | if (const ObjCMessageExpr * |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3294 | ME = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMessageExpr>(getCursorExpr(C))) { |
| 3295 | if (pieceIndex >= ME->getNumSelectorLocs()) |
| 3296 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 3297 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, ME->getSelectorLoc(pieceIndex)); |
| 3298 | } |
| 3299 | } |
| 3300 | |
| 3301 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl || |
| 3302 | C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3303 | if (const ObjCMethodDecl * |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3304 | MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(C))) { |
| 3305 | if (pieceIndex >= MD->getNumSelectorLocs()) |
| 3306 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 3307 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, MD->getSelectorLoc(pieceIndex)); |
| 3308 | } |
| 3309 | } |
| 3310 | |
| 3311 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl || |
| 3312 | C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl) { |
| 3313 | if (pieceIndex > 0) |
| 3314 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3315 | if (const ObjCCategoryDecl * |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3316 | CD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(getCursorDecl(C))) |
| 3317 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, CD->getCategoryNameLoc()); |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3318 | if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl * |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3319 | CID = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(getCursorDecl(C))) |
| 3320 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, CID->getCategoryNameLoc()); |
| 3321 | } |
| 3322 | |
| 3323 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl) { |
| 3324 | if (pieceIndex > 0) |
| 3325 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3326 | if (const ImportDecl *ImportD = |
| 3327 | dyn_cast_or_null<ImportDecl>(getCursorDecl(C))) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3328 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs = ImportD->getIdentifierLocs(); |
| 3329 | if (!Locs.empty()) |
| 3330 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, |
| 3331 | SourceRange(Locs.front(), Locs.back())); |
| 3332 | } |
| 3333 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 3334 | } |
| 3335 | |
| 3336 | // FIXME: A CXCursor_InclusionDirective should give the location of the |
| 3337 | // filename, but we don't keep track of this. |
| 3338 | |
| 3339 | // FIXME: A CXCursor_AnnotateAttr should give the location of the annotation |
| 3340 | // but we don't keep track of this. |
| 3341 | |
| 3342 | // FIXME: A CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr should give the location of the label |
| 3343 | // but we don't keep track of this. |
| 3344 | |
| 3345 | // Default handling, give the location of the cursor. |
| 3346 | |
| 3347 | if (pieceIndex > 0) |
| 3348 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 3349 | |
| 3350 | CXSourceLocation CXLoc = clang_getCursorLocation(C); |
| 3351 | SourceLocation Loc = cxloc::translateSourceLocation(CXLoc); |
| 3352 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, Loc); |
| 3353 | } |
| 3354 | |
| 3355 | CXString clang_getCursorDisplayName(CXCursor C) { |
| 3356 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 3357 | return clang_getCursorSpelling(C); |
| 3358 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3359 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3360 | if (!D) |
| 3361 | return createCXString(""); |
| 3362 | |
| 3363 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCursorContext(C).getPrintingPolicy(); |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3364 | if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3365 | D = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 3366 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3367 | if (const FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3368 | SmallString<64> Str; |
| 3369 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str); |
| 3370 | OS << *Function; |
| 3371 | if (Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) |
| 3372 | OS << "<>"; |
| 3373 | OS << "("; |
| 3374 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Function->getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) { |
| 3375 | if (I) |
| 3376 | OS << ", "; |
| 3377 | OS << Function->getParamDecl(I)->getType().getAsString(Policy); |
| 3378 | } |
| 3379 | |
| 3380 | if (Function->isVariadic()) { |
| 3381 | if (Function->getNumParams()) |
| 3382 | OS << ", "; |
| 3383 | OS << "..."; |
| 3384 | } |
| 3385 | OS << ")"; |
| 3386 | return createCXString(OS.str()); |
| 3387 | } |
| 3388 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3389 | if (const ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(D)) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3390 | SmallString<64> Str; |
| 3391 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str); |
| 3392 | OS << *ClassTemplate; |
| 3393 | OS << "<"; |
| 3394 | TemplateParameterList *Params = ClassTemplate->getTemplateParameters(); |
| 3395 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Params->size(); I != N; ++I) { |
| 3396 | if (I) |
| 3397 | OS << ", "; |
| 3398 | |
| 3399 | NamedDecl *Param = Params->getParam(I); |
| 3400 | if (Param->getIdentifier()) { |
| 3401 | OS << Param->getIdentifier()->getName(); |
| 3402 | continue; |
| 3403 | } |
| 3404 | |
| 3405 | // There is no parameter name, which makes this tricky. Try to come up |
| 3406 | // with something useful that isn't too long. |
| 3407 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param)) |
| 3408 | OS << (TTP->wasDeclaredWithTypename()? "typename" : "class"); |
| 3409 | else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP |
| 3410 | = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) |
| 3411 | OS << NTTP->getType().getAsString(Policy); |
| 3412 | else |
| 3413 | OS << "template<...> class"; |
| 3414 | } |
| 3415 | |
| 3416 | OS << ">"; |
| 3417 | return createCXString(OS.str()); |
| 3418 | } |
| 3419 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3420 | if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassSpec |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3421 | = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) { |
| 3422 | // If the type was explicitly written, use that. |
| 3423 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = ClassSpec->getTypeAsWritten()) |
| 3424 | return createCXString(TSInfo->getType().getAsString(Policy)); |
| 3425 | |
| 3426 | SmallString<64> Str; |
| 3427 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str); |
| 3428 | OS << *ClassSpec; |
| 3429 | OS << TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList( |
| 3430 | ClassSpec->getTemplateArgs().data(), |
| 3431 | ClassSpec->getTemplateArgs().size(), |
| 3432 | Policy); |
| 3433 | return createCXString(OS.str()); |
| 3434 | } |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 | return clang_getCursorSpelling(C); |
| 3437 | } |
| 3438 | |
| 3439 | CXString clang_getCursorKindSpelling(enum CXCursorKind Kind) { |
| 3440 | switch (Kind) { |
| 3441 | case CXCursor_FunctionDecl: |
| 3442 | return createCXString("FunctionDecl"); |
| 3443 | case CXCursor_TypedefDecl: |
| 3444 | return createCXString("TypedefDecl"); |
| 3445 | case CXCursor_EnumDecl: |
| 3446 | return createCXString("EnumDecl"); |
| 3447 | case CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl: |
| 3448 | return createCXString("EnumConstantDecl"); |
| 3449 | case CXCursor_StructDecl: |
| 3450 | return createCXString("StructDecl"); |
| 3451 | case CXCursor_UnionDecl: |
| 3452 | return createCXString("UnionDecl"); |
| 3453 | case CXCursor_ClassDecl: |
| 3454 | return createCXString("ClassDecl"); |
| 3455 | case CXCursor_FieldDecl: |
| 3456 | return createCXString("FieldDecl"); |
| 3457 | case CXCursor_VarDecl: |
| 3458 | return createCXString("VarDecl"); |
| 3459 | case CXCursor_ParmDecl: |
| 3460 | return createCXString("ParmDecl"); |
| 3461 | case CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl: |
| 3462 | return createCXString("ObjCInterfaceDecl"); |
| 3463 | case CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl: |
| 3464 | return createCXString("ObjCCategoryDecl"); |
| 3465 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl: |
| 3466 | return createCXString("ObjCProtocolDecl"); |
| 3467 | case CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl: |
| 3468 | return createCXString("ObjCPropertyDecl"); |
| 3469 | case CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl: |
| 3470 | return createCXString("ObjCIvarDecl"); |
| 3471 | case CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl: |
| 3472 | return createCXString("ObjCInstanceMethodDecl"); |
| 3473 | case CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl: |
| 3474 | return createCXString("ObjCClassMethodDecl"); |
| 3475 | case CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl: |
| 3476 | return createCXString("ObjCImplementationDecl"); |
| 3477 | case CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl: |
| 3478 | return createCXString("ObjCCategoryImplDecl"); |
| 3479 | case CXCursor_CXXMethod: |
| 3480 | return createCXString("CXXMethod"); |
| 3481 | case CXCursor_UnexposedDecl: |
| 3482 | return createCXString("UnexposedDecl"); |
| 3483 | case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef: |
| 3484 | return createCXString("ObjCSuperClassRef"); |
| 3485 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: |
| 3486 | return createCXString("ObjCProtocolRef"); |
| 3487 | case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: |
| 3488 | return createCXString("ObjCClassRef"); |
| 3489 | case CXCursor_TypeRef: |
| 3490 | return createCXString("TypeRef"); |
| 3491 | case CXCursor_TemplateRef: |
| 3492 | return createCXString("TemplateRef"); |
| 3493 | case CXCursor_NamespaceRef: |
| 3494 | return createCXString("NamespaceRef"); |
| 3495 | case CXCursor_MemberRef: |
| 3496 | return createCXString("MemberRef"); |
| 3497 | case CXCursor_LabelRef: |
| 3498 | return createCXString("LabelRef"); |
| 3499 | case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef: |
| 3500 | return createCXString("OverloadedDeclRef"); |
| 3501 | case CXCursor_VariableRef: |
| 3502 | return createCXString("VariableRef"); |
| 3503 | case CXCursor_IntegerLiteral: |
| 3504 | return createCXString("IntegerLiteral"); |
| 3505 | case CXCursor_FloatingLiteral: |
| 3506 | return createCXString("FloatingLiteral"); |
| 3507 | case CXCursor_ImaginaryLiteral: |
| 3508 | return createCXString("ImaginaryLiteral"); |
| 3509 | case CXCursor_StringLiteral: |
| 3510 | return createCXString("StringLiteral"); |
| 3511 | case CXCursor_CharacterLiteral: |
| 3512 | return createCXString("CharacterLiteral"); |
| 3513 | case CXCursor_ParenExpr: |
| 3514 | return createCXString("ParenExpr"); |
| 3515 | case CXCursor_UnaryOperator: |
| 3516 | return createCXString("UnaryOperator"); |
| 3517 | case CXCursor_ArraySubscriptExpr: |
| 3518 | return createCXString("ArraySubscriptExpr"); |
| 3519 | case CXCursor_BinaryOperator: |
| 3520 | return createCXString("BinaryOperator"); |
| 3521 | case CXCursor_CompoundAssignOperator: |
| 3522 | return createCXString("CompoundAssignOperator"); |
| 3523 | case CXCursor_ConditionalOperator: |
| 3524 | return createCXString("ConditionalOperator"); |
| 3525 | case CXCursor_CStyleCastExpr: |
| 3526 | return createCXString("CStyleCastExpr"); |
| 3527 | case CXCursor_CompoundLiteralExpr: |
| 3528 | return createCXString("CompoundLiteralExpr"); |
| 3529 | case CXCursor_InitListExpr: |
| 3530 | return createCXString("InitListExpr"); |
| 3531 | case CXCursor_AddrLabelExpr: |
| 3532 | return createCXString("AddrLabelExpr"); |
| 3533 | case CXCursor_StmtExpr: |
| 3534 | return createCXString("StmtExpr"); |
| 3535 | case CXCursor_GenericSelectionExpr: |
| 3536 | return createCXString("GenericSelectionExpr"); |
| 3537 | case CXCursor_GNUNullExpr: |
| 3538 | return createCXString("GNUNullExpr"); |
| 3539 | case CXCursor_CXXStaticCastExpr: |
| 3540 | return createCXString("CXXStaticCastExpr"); |
| 3541 | case CXCursor_CXXDynamicCastExpr: |
| 3542 | return createCXString("CXXDynamicCastExpr"); |
| 3543 | case CXCursor_CXXReinterpretCastExpr: |
| 3544 | return createCXString("CXXReinterpretCastExpr"); |
| 3545 | case CXCursor_CXXConstCastExpr: |
| 3546 | return createCXString("CXXConstCastExpr"); |
| 3547 | case CXCursor_CXXFunctionalCastExpr: |
| 3548 | return createCXString("CXXFunctionalCastExpr"); |
| 3549 | case CXCursor_CXXTypeidExpr: |
| 3550 | return createCXString("CXXTypeidExpr"); |
| 3551 | case CXCursor_CXXBoolLiteralExpr: |
| 3552 | return createCXString("CXXBoolLiteralExpr"); |
| 3553 | case CXCursor_CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr: |
| 3554 | return createCXString("CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr"); |
| 3555 | case CXCursor_CXXThisExpr: |
| 3556 | return createCXString("CXXThisExpr"); |
| 3557 | case CXCursor_CXXThrowExpr: |
| 3558 | return createCXString("CXXThrowExpr"); |
| 3559 | case CXCursor_CXXNewExpr: |
| 3560 | return createCXString("CXXNewExpr"); |
| 3561 | case CXCursor_CXXDeleteExpr: |
| 3562 | return createCXString("CXXDeleteExpr"); |
| 3563 | case CXCursor_UnaryExpr: |
| 3564 | return createCXString("UnaryExpr"); |
| 3565 | case CXCursor_ObjCStringLiteral: |
| 3566 | return createCXString("ObjCStringLiteral"); |
| 3567 | case CXCursor_ObjCBoolLiteralExpr: |
| 3568 | return createCXString("ObjCBoolLiteralExpr"); |
| 3569 | case CXCursor_ObjCEncodeExpr: |
| 3570 | return createCXString("ObjCEncodeExpr"); |
| 3571 | case CXCursor_ObjCSelectorExpr: |
| 3572 | return createCXString("ObjCSelectorExpr"); |
| 3573 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolExpr: |
| 3574 | return createCXString("ObjCProtocolExpr"); |
| 3575 | case CXCursor_ObjCBridgedCastExpr: |
| 3576 | return createCXString("ObjCBridgedCastExpr"); |
| 3577 | case CXCursor_BlockExpr: |
| 3578 | return createCXString("BlockExpr"); |
| 3579 | case CXCursor_PackExpansionExpr: |
| 3580 | return createCXString("PackExpansionExpr"); |
| 3581 | case CXCursor_SizeOfPackExpr: |
| 3582 | return createCXString("SizeOfPackExpr"); |
| 3583 | case CXCursor_LambdaExpr: |
| 3584 | return createCXString("LambdaExpr"); |
| 3585 | case CXCursor_UnexposedExpr: |
| 3586 | return createCXString("UnexposedExpr"); |
| 3587 | case CXCursor_DeclRefExpr: |
| 3588 | return createCXString("DeclRefExpr"); |
| 3589 | case CXCursor_MemberRefExpr: |
| 3590 | return createCXString("MemberRefExpr"); |
| 3591 | case CXCursor_CallExpr: |
| 3592 | return createCXString("CallExpr"); |
| 3593 | case CXCursor_ObjCMessageExpr: |
| 3594 | return createCXString("ObjCMessageExpr"); |
| 3595 | case CXCursor_UnexposedStmt: |
| 3596 | return createCXString("UnexposedStmt"); |
| 3597 | case CXCursor_DeclStmt: |
| 3598 | return createCXString("DeclStmt"); |
| 3599 | case CXCursor_LabelStmt: |
| 3600 | return createCXString("LabelStmt"); |
| 3601 | case CXCursor_CompoundStmt: |
| 3602 | return createCXString("CompoundStmt"); |
| 3603 | case CXCursor_CaseStmt: |
| 3604 | return createCXString("CaseStmt"); |
| 3605 | case CXCursor_DefaultStmt: |
| 3606 | return createCXString("DefaultStmt"); |
| 3607 | case CXCursor_IfStmt: |
| 3608 | return createCXString("IfStmt"); |
| 3609 | case CXCursor_SwitchStmt: |
| 3610 | return createCXString("SwitchStmt"); |
| 3611 | case CXCursor_WhileStmt: |
| 3612 | return createCXString("WhileStmt"); |
| 3613 | case CXCursor_DoStmt: |
| 3614 | return createCXString("DoStmt"); |
| 3615 | case CXCursor_ForStmt: |
| 3616 | return createCXString("ForStmt"); |
| 3617 | case CXCursor_GotoStmt: |
| 3618 | return createCXString("GotoStmt"); |
| 3619 | case CXCursor_IndirectGotoStmt: |
| 3620 | return createCXString("IndirectGotoStmt"); |
| 3621 | case CXCursor_ContinueStmt: |
| 3622 | return createCXString("ContinueStmt"); |
| 3623 | case CXCursor_BreakStmt: |
| 3624 | return createCXString("BreakStmt"); |
| 3625 | case CXCursor_ReturnStmt: |
| 3626 | return createCXString("ReturnStmt"); |
| 3627 | case CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt: |
| 3628 | return createCXString("GCCAsmStmt"); |
| 3629 | case CXCursor_MSAsmStmt: |
| 3630 | return createCXString("MSAsmStmt"); |
| 3631 | case CXCursor_ObjCAtTryStmt: |
| 3632 | return createCXString("ObjCAtTryStmt"); |
| 3633 | case CXCursor_ObjCAtCatchStmt: |
| 3634 | return createCXString("ObjCAtCatchStmt"); |
| 3635 | case CXCursor_ObjCAtFinallyStmt: |
| 3636 | return createCXString("ObjCAtFinallyStmt"); |
| 3637 | case CXCursor_ObjCAtThrowStmt: |
| 3638 | return createCXString("ObjCAtThrowStmt"); |
| 3639 | case CXCursor_ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt: |
| 3640 | return createCXString("ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt"); |
| 3641 | case CXCursor_ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt: |
| 3642 | return createCXString("ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt"); |
| 3643 | case CXCursor_ObjCForCollectionStmt: |
| 3644 | return createCXString("ObjCForCollectionStmt"); |
| 3645 | case CXCursor_CXXCatchStmt: |
| 3646 | return createCXString("CXXCatchStmt"); |
| 3647 | case CXCursor_CXXTryStmt: |
| 3648 | return createCXString("CXXTryStmt"); |
| 3649 | case CXCursor_CXXForRangeStmt: |
| 3650 | return createCXString("CXXForRangeStmt"); |
| 3651 | case CXCursor_SEHTryStmt: |
| 3652 | return createCXString("SEHTryStmt"); |
| 3653 | case CXCursor_SEHExceptStmt: |
| 3654 | return createCXString("SEHExceptStmt"); |
| 3655 | case CXCursor_SEHFinallyStmt: |
| 3656 | return createCXString("SEHFinallyStmt"); |
| 3657 | case CXCursor_NullStmt: |
| 3658 | return createCXString("NullStmt"); |
| 3659 | case CXCursor_InvalidFile: |
| 3660 | return createCXString("InvalidFile"); |
| 3661 | case CXCursor_InvalidCode: |
| 3662 | return createCXString("InvalidCode"); |
| 3663 | case CXCursor_NoDeclFound: |
| 3664 | return createCXString("NoDeclFound"); |
| 3665 | case CXCursor_NotImplemented: |
| 3666 | return createCXString("NotImplemented"); |
| 3667 | case CXCursor_TranslationUnit: |
| 3668 | return createCXString("TranslationUnit"); |
| 3669 | case CXCursor_UnexposedAttr: |
| 3670 | return createCXString("UnexposedAttr"); |
| 3671 | case CXCursor_IBActionAttr: |
| 3672 | return createCXString("attribute(ibaction)"); |
| 3673 | case CXCursor_IBOutletAttr: |
| 3674 | return createCXString("attribute(iboutlet)"); |
| 3675 | case CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr: |
| 3676 | return createCXString("attribute(iboutletcollection)"); |
| 3677 | case CXCursor_CXXFinalAttr: |
| 3678 | return createCXString("attribute(final)"); |
| 3679 | case CXCursor_CXXOverrideAttr: |
| 3680 | return createCXString("attribute(override)"); |
| 3681 | case CXCursor_AnnotateAttr: |
| 3682 | return createCXString("attribute(annotate)"); |
| 3683 | case CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr: |
| 3684 | return createCXString("asm label"); |
| 3685 | case CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective: |
| 3686 | return createCXString("preprocessing directive"); |
| 3687 | case CXCursor_MacroDefinition: |
| 3688 | return createCXString("macro definition"); |
| 3689 | case CXCursor_MacroExpansion: |
| 3690 | return createCXString("macro expansion"); |
| 3691 | case CXCursor_InclusionDirective: |
| 3692 | return createCXString("inclusion directive"); |
| 3693 | case CXCursor_Namespace: |
| 3694 | return createCXString("Namespace"); |
| 3695 | case CXCursor_LinkageSpec: |
| 3696 | return createCXString("LinkageSpec"); |
| 3697 | case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: |
| 3698 | return createCXString("C++ base class specifier"); |
| 3699 | case CXCursor_Constructor: |
| 3700 | return createCXString("CXXConstructor"); |
| 3701 | case CXCursor_Destructor: |
| 3702 | return createCXString("CXXDestructor"); |
| 3703 | case CXCursor_ConversionFunction: |
| 3704 | return createCXString("CXXConversion"); |
| 3705 | case CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter: |
| 3706 | return createCXString("TemplateTypeParameter"); |
| 3707 | case CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter: |
| 3708 | return createCXString("NonTypeTemplateParameter"); |
| 3709 | case CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter: |
| 3710 | return createCXString("TemplateTemplateParameter"); |
| 3711 | case CXCursor_FunctionTemplate: |
| 3712 | return createCXString("FunctionTemplate"); |
| 3713 | case CXCursor_ClassTemplate: |
| 3714 | return createCXString("ClassTemplate"); |
| 3715 | case CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization: |
| 3716 | return createCXString("ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization"); |
| 3717 | case CXCursor_NamespaceAlias: |
| 3718 | return createCXString("NamespaceAlias"); |
| 3719 | case CXCursor_UsingDirective: |
| 3720 | return createCXString("UsingDirective"); |
| 3721 | case CXCursor_UsingDeclaration: |
| 3722 | return createCXString("UsingDeclaration"); |
| 3723 | case CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl: |
| 3724 | return createCXString("TypeAliasDecl"); |
| 3725 | case CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl: |
| 3726 | return createCXString("ObjCSynthesizeDecl"); |
| 3727 | case CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl: |
| 3728 | return createCXString("ObjCDynamicDecl"); |
| 3729 | case CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier: |
| 3730 | return createCXString("CXXAccessSpecifier"); |
| 3731 | case CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl: |
| 3732 | return createCXString("ModuleImport"); |
| 3733 | } |
| 3734 | |
| 3735 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled CXCursorKind"); |
| 3736 | } |
| 3737 | |
| 3738 | struct GetCursorData { |
| 3739 | SourceLocation TokenBeginLoc; |
| 3740 | bool PointsAtMacroArgExpansion; |
| 3741 | bool VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl; |
| 3742 | SourceLocation VisitedDeclaratorDeclStartLoc; |
| 3743 | CXCursor &BestCursor; |
| 3744 | |
| 3745 | GetCursorData(SourceManager &SM, |
| 3746 | SourceLocation tokenBegin, CXCursor &outputCursor) |
| 3747 | : TokenBeginLoc(tokenBegin), BestCursor(outputCursor) { |
| 3748 | PointsAtMacroArgExpansion = SM.isMacroArgExpansion(tokenBegin); |
| 3749 | VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl = false; |
| 3750 | } |
| 3751 | }; |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 | static enum CXChildVisitResult GetCursorVisitor(CXCursor cursor, |
| 3754 | CXCursor parent, |
| 3755 | CXClientData client_data) { |
| 3756 | GetCursorData *Data = static_cast<GetCursorData *>(client_data); |
| 3757 | CXCursor *BestCursor = &Data->BestCursor; |
| 3758 | |
| 3759 | // If we point inside a macro argument we should provide info of what the |
| 3760 | // token is so use the actual cursor, don't replace it with a macro expansion |
| 3761 | // cursor. |
| 3762 | if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion && Data->PointsAtMacroArgExpansion) |
| 3763 | return CXChildVisit_Recurse; |
| 3764 | |
| 3765 | if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) { |
| 3766 | // Avoid having the implicit methods override the property decls. |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3767 | if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3768 | = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) { |
| 3769 | if (MD->isImplicit()) |
| 3770 | return CXChildVisit_Break; |
| 3771 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3772 | } else if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3773 | = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) { |
| 3774 | // Check that when we have multiple @class references in the same line, |
| 3775 | // that later ones do not override the previous ones. |
| 3776 | // If we have: |
| 3777 | // @class Foo, Bar; |
| 3778 | // source ranges for both start at '@', so 'Bar' will end up overriding |
| 3779 | // 'Foo' even though the cursor location was at 'Foo'. |
| 3780 | if (BestCursor->kind == CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl || |
| 3781 | BestCursor->kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassRef) |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3782 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevID |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3783 | = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(getCursorDecl(*BestCursor))){ |
| 3784 | if (PrevID != ID && |
| 3785 | !PrevID->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && |
| 3786 | !ID->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
| 3787 | return CXChildVisit_Break; |
| 3788 | } |
| 3789 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3790 | } else if (const DeclaratorDecl *DD |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3791 | = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclaratorDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) { |
| 3792 | SourceLocation StartLoc = DD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); |
| 3793 | // Check that when we have multiple declarators in the same line, |
| 3794 | // that later ones do not override the previous ones. |
| 3795 | // If we have: |
| 3796 | // int Foo, Bar; |
| 3797 | // source ranges for both start at 'int', so 'Bar' will end up overriding |
| 3798 | // 'Foo' even though the cursor location was at 'Foo'. |
| 3799 | if (Data->VisitedDeclaratorDeclStartLoc == StartLoc) |
| 3800 | return CXChildVisit_Break; |
| 3801 | Data->VisitedDeclaratorDeclStartLoc = StartLoc; |
| 3802 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3803 | } else if (const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropImp |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3804 | = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) { |
| 3805 | (void)PropImp; |
| 3806 | // Check that when we have multiple @synthesize in the same line, |
| 3807 | // that later ones do not override the previous ones. |
| 3808 | // If we have: |
| 3809 | // @synthesize Foo, Bar; |
| 3810 | // source ranges for both start at '@', so 'Bar' will end up overriding |
| 3811 | // 'Foo' even though the cursor location was at 'Foo'. |
| 3812 | if (Data->VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl) |
| 3813 | return CXChildVisit_Break; |
| 3814 | Data->VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl = true; |
| 3815 | } |
| 3816 | } |
| 3817 | |
| 3818 | if (clang_isExpression(cursor.kind) && |
| 3819 | clang_isDeclaration(BestCursor->kind)) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3820 | if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(*BestCursor)) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3821 | // Avoid having the cursor of an expression replace the declaration cursor |
| 3822 | // when the expression source range overlaps the declaration range. |
| 3823 | // This can happen for C++ constructor expressions whose range generally |
| 3824 | // include the variable declaration, e.g.: |
| 3825 | // MyCXXClass foo; // Make sure pointing at 'foo' returns a VarDecl cursor. |
| 3826 | if (D->getLocation().isValid() && Data->TokenBeginLoc.isValid() && |
| 3827 | D->getLocation() == Data->TokenBeginLoc) |
| 3828 | return CXChildVisit_Break; |
| 3829 | } |
| 3830 | } |
| 3831 | |
| 3832 | // If our current best cursor is the construction of a temporary object, |
| 3833 | // don't replace that cursor with a type reference, because we want |
| 3834 | // clang_getCursor() to point at the constructor. |
| 3835 | if (clang_isExpression(BestCursor->kind) && |
| 3836 | isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(getCursorExpr(*BestCursor)) && |
| 3837 | cursor.kind == CXCursor_TypeRef) { |
| 3838 | // Keep the cursor pointing at CXXTemporaryObjectExpr but also mark it |
| 3839 | // as having the actual point on the type reference. |
| 3840 | *BestCursor = getTypeRefedCallExprCursor(*BestCursor); |
| 3841 | return CXChildVisit_Recurse; |
| 3842 | } |
| 3843 | |
| 3844 | *BestCursor = cursor; |
| 3845 | return CXChildVisit_Recurse; |
| 3846 | } |
| 3847 | |
| 3848 | CXCursor clang_getCursor(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceLocation Loc) { |
| 3849 | if (!TU) |
| 3850 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 3851 | |
| 3852 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData); |
| 3853 | ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit); |
| 3854 | |
| 3855 | SourceLocation SLoc = cxloc::translateSourceLocation(Loc); |
| 3856 | CXCursor Result = cxcursor::getCursor(TU, SLoc); |
| 3857 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c6f5c6a | 2013-01-10 18:54:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3858 | LOG_FUNC_SECTION { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3859 | CXFile SearchFile; |
| 3860 | unsigned SearchLine, SearchColumn; |
| 3861 | CXFile ResultFile; |
| 3862 | unsigned ResultLine, ResultColumn; |
| 3863 | CXString SearchFileName, ResultFileName, KindSpelling, USR; |
| 3864 | const char *IsDef = clang_isCursorDefinition(Result)? " (Definition)" : ""; |
| 3865 | CXSourceLocation ResultLoc = clang_getCursorLocation(Result); |
| 3866 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c6f5c6a | 2013-01-10 18:54:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3867 | clang_getFileLocation(Loc, &SearchFile, &SearchLine, &SearchColumn, 0); |
| 3868 | clang_getFileLocation(ResultLoc, &ResultFile, &ResultLine, |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3869 | &ResultColumn, 0); |
| 3870 | SearchFileName = clang_getFileName(SearchFile); |
| 3871 | ResultFileName = clang_getFileName(ResultFile); |
| 3872 | KindSpelling = clang_getCursorKindSpelling(Result.kind); |
| 3873 | USR = clang_getCursorUSR(Result); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c6f5c6a | 2013-01-10 18:54:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3874 | *Log << llvm::format("(%s:%d:%d) = %s", |
| 3875 | clang_getCString(SearchFileName), SearchLine, SearchColumn, |
| 3876 | clang_getCString(KindSpelling)) |
| 3877 | << llvm::format("(%s:%d:%d):%s%s", |
| 3878 | clang_getCString(ResultFileName), ResultLine, ResultColumn, |
| 3879 | clang_getCString(USR), IsDef); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3880 | clang_disposeString(SearchFileName); |
| 3881 | clang_disposeString(ResultFileName); |
| 3882 | clang_disposeString(KindSpelling); |
| 3883 | clang_disposeString(USR); |
| 3884 | |
| 3885 | CXCursor Definition = clang_getCursorDefinition(Result); |
| 3886 | if (!clang_equalCursors(Definition, clang_getNullCursor())) { |
| 3887 | CXSourceLocation DefinitionLoc = clang_getCursorLocation(Definition); |
| 3888 | CXString DefinitionKindSpelling |
| 3889 | = clang_getCursorKindSpelling(Definition.kind); |
| 3890 | CXFile DefinitionFile; |
| 3891 | unsigned DefinitionLine, DefinitionColumn; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c6f5c6a | 2013-01-10 18:54:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3892 | clang_getFileLocation(DefinitionLoc, &DefinitionFile, |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3893 | &DefinitionLine, &DefinitionColumn, 0); |
| 3894 | CXString DefinitionFileName = clang_getFileName(DefinitionFile); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c6f5c6a | 2013-01-10 18:54:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3895 | *Log << llvm::format(" -> %s(%s:%d:%d)", |
| 3896 | clang_getCString(DefinitionKindSpelling), |
| 3897 | clang_getCString(DefinitionFileName), |
| 3898 | DefinitionLine, DefinitionColumn); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3899 | clang_disposeString(DefinitionFileName); |
| 3900 | clang_disposeString(DefinitionKindSpelling); |
| 3901 | } |
| 3902 | } |
| 3903 | |
| 3904 | return Result; |
| 3905 | } |
| 3906 | |
| 3907 | CXCursor clang_getNullCursor(void) { |
| 3908 | return MakeCXCursorInvalid(CXCursor_InvalidFile); |
| 3909 | } |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 | unsigned clang_equalCursors(CXCursor X, CXCursor Y) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | d1d9df6 | 2013-01-08 18:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3912 | // Clear out the "FirstInDeclGroup" part in a declaration cursor, since we |
| 3913 | // can't set consistently. For example, when visiting a DeclStmt we will set |
| 3914 | // it but we don't set it on the result of clang_getCursorDefinition for |
| 3915 | // a reference of the same declaration. |
| 3916 | // FIXME: Setting "FirstInDeclGroup" in CXCursors is a hack that only works |
| 3917 | // when visiting a DeclStmt currently, the AST should be enhanced to be able |
| 3918 | // to provide that kind of info. |
| 3919 | if (clang_isDeclaration(X.kind)) |
| 3920 | X.data[1] = 0; |
| 3921 | if (clang_isDeclaration(Y.kind)) |
| 3922 | Y.data[1] = 0; |
| 3923 | |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3924 | return X == Y; |
| 3925 | } |
| 3926 | |
| 3927 | unsigned clang_hashCursor(CXCursor C) { |
| 3928 | unsigned Index = 0; |
| 3929 | if (clang_isExpression(C.kind) || clang_isStatement(C.kind)) |
| 3930 | Index = 1; |
| 3931 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3932 | return llvm::DenseMapInfo<std::pair<unsigned, const void*> >::getHashValue( |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3933 | std::make_pair(C.kind, C.data[Index])); |
| 3934 | } |
| 3935 | |
| 3936 | unsigned clang_isInvalid(enum CXCursorKind K) { |
| 3937 | return K >= CXCursor_FirstInvalid && K <= CXCursor_LastInvalid; |
| 3938 | } |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 | unsigned clang_isDeclaration(enum CXCursorKind K) { |
| 3941 | return (K >= CXCursor_FirstDecl && K <= CXCursor_LastDecl) || |
| 3942 | (K >= CXCursor_FirstExtraDecl && K <= CXCursor_LastExtraDecl); |
| 3943 | } |
| 3944 | |
| 3945 | unsigned clang_isReference(enum CXCursorKind K) { |
| 3946 | return K >= CXCursor_FirstRef && K <= CXCursor_LastRef; |
| 3947 | } |
| 3948 | |
| 3949 | unsigned clang_isExpression(enum CXCursorKind K) { |
| 3950 | return K >= CXCursor_FirstExpr && K <= CXCursor_LastExpr; |
| 3951 | } |
| 3952 | |
| 3953 | unsigned clang_isStatement(enum CXCursorKind K) { |
| 3954 | return K >= CXCursor_FirstStmt && K <= CXCursor_LastStmt; |
| 3955 | } |
| 3956 | |
| 3957 | unsigned clang_isAttribute(enum CXCursorKind K) { |
| 3958 | return K >= CXCursor_FirstAttr && K <= CXCursor_LastAttr; |
| 3959 | } |
| 3960 | |
| 3961 | unsigned clang_isTranslationUnit(enum CXCursorKind K) { |
| 3962 | return K == CXCursor_TranslationUnit; |
| 3963 | } |
| 3964 | |
| 3965 | unsigned clang_isPreprocessing(enum CXCursorKind K) { |
| 3966 | return K >= CXCursor_FirstPreprocessing && K <= CXCursor_LastPreprocessing; |
| 3967 | } |
| 3968 | |
| 3969 | unsigned clang_isUnexposed(enum CXCursorKind K) { |
| 3970 | switch (K) { |
| 3971 | case CXCursor_UnexposedDecl: |
| 3972 | case CXCursor_UnexposedExpr: |
| 3973 | case CXCursor_UnexposedStmt: |
| 3974 | case CXCursor_UnexposedAttr: |
| 3975 | return true; |
| 3976 | default: |
| 3977 | return false; |
| 3978 | } |
| 3979 | } |
| 3980 | |
| 3981 | CXCursorKind clang_getCursorKind(CXCursor C) { |
| 3982 | return C.kind; |
| 3983 | } |
| 3984 | |
| 3985 | CXSourceLocation clang_getCursorLocation(CXCursor C) { |
| 3986 | if (clang_isReference(C.kind)) { |
| 3987 | switch (C.kind) { |
| 3988 | case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3989 | std::pair<const ObjCInterfaceDecl *, SourceLocation> P |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3990 | = getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C); |
| 3991 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second); |
| 3992 | } |
| 3993 | |
| 3994 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3995 | std::pair<const ObjCProtocolDecl *, SourceLocation> P |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3996 | = getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C); |
| 3997 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second); |
| 3998 | } |
| 3999 | |
| 4000 | case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4001 | std::pair<const ObjCInterfaceDecl *, SourceLocation> P |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4002 | = getCursorObjCClassRef(C); |
| 4003 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second); |
| 4004 | } |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 | case CXCursor_TypeRef: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4007 | std::pair<const TypeDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorTypeRef(C); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4008 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second); |
| 4009 | } |
| 4010 | |
| 4011 | case CXCursor_TemplateRef: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4012 | std::pair<const TemplateDecl *, SourceLocation> P = |
| 4013 | getCursorTemplateRef(C); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4014 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second); |
| 4015 | } |
| 4016 | |
| 4017 | case CXCursor_NamespaceRef: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4018 | std::pair<const NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorNamespaceRef(C); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4019 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second); |
| 4020 | } |
| 4021 | |
| 4022 | case CXCursor_MemberRef: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4023 | std::pair<const FieldDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorMemberRef(C); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4024 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second); |
| 4025 | } |
| 4026 | |
| 4027 | case CXCursor_VariableRef: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4028 | std::pair<const VarDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorVariableRef(C); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4029 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second); |
| 4030 | } |
| 4031 | |
| 4032 | case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4033 | const CXXBaseSpecifier *BaseSpec = getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4034 | if (!BaseSpec) |
| 4035 | return clang_getNullLocation(); |
| 4036 | |
| 4037 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = BaseSpec->getTypeSourceInfo()) |
| 4038 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), |
| 4039 | TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc()); |
| 4040 | |
| 4041 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), |
| 4042 | BaseSpec->getLocStart()); |
| 4043 | } |
| 4044 | |
| 4045 | case CXCursor_LabelRef: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4046 | std::pair<const LabelStmt *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorLabelRef(C); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4047 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), P.second); |
| 4048 | } |
| 4049 | |
| 4050 | case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef: |
| 4051 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), |
| 4052 | getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).second); |
| 4053 | |
| 4054 | default: |
| 4055 | // FIXME: Need a way to enumerate all non-reference cases. |
| 4056 | llvm_unreachable("Missed a reference kind"); |
| 4057 | } |
| 4058 | } |
| 4059 | |
| 4060 | if (clang_isExpression(C.kind)) |
| 4061 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), |
| 4062 | getLocationFromExpr(getCursorExpr(C))); |
| 4063 | |
| 4064 | if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) |
| 4065 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), |
| 4066 | getCursorStmt(C)->getLocStart()); |
| 4067 | |
| 4068 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective) { |
| 4069 | SourceLocation L = cxcursor::getCursorPreprocessingDirective(C).getBegin(); |
| 4070 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L); |
| 4071 | } |
| 4072 | |
| 4073 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) { |
| 4074 | SourceLocation L |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 664b06f | 2013-01-07 19:16:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4075 | = cxcursor::getCursorMacroExpansion(C).getSourceRange().getBegin(); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4076 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L); |
| 4077 | } |
| 4078 | |
| 4079 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition) { |
| 4080 | SourceLocation L = cxcursor::getCursorMacroDefinition(C)->getLocation(); |
| 4081 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L); |
| 4082 | } |
| 4083 | |
| 4084 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_InclusionDirective) { |
| 4085 | SourceLocation L |
| 4086 | = cxcursor::getCursorInclusionDirective(C)->getSourceRange().getBegin(); |
| 4087 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L); |
| 4088 | } |
| 4089 | |
| 4090 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 4091 | return clang_getNullLocation(); |
| 4092 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4093 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4094 | if (!D) |
| 4095 | return clang_getNullLocation(); |
| 4096 | |
| 4097 | SourceLocation Loc = D->getLocation(); |
| 4098 | // FIXME: Multiple variables declared in a single declaration |
| 4099 | // currently lack the information needed to correctly determine their |
| 4100 | // ranges when accounting for the type-specifier. We use context |
| 4101 | // stored in the CXCursor to determine if the VarDecl is in a DeclGroup, |
| 4102 | // and if so, whether it is the first decl. |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4103 | if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4104 | if (!cxcursor::isFirstInDeclGroup(C)) |
| 4105 | Loc = VD->getLocation(); |
| 4106 | } |
| 4107 | |
| 4108 | // For ObjC methods, give the start location of the method name. |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4109 | if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4110 | Loc = MD->getSelectorStartLoc(); |
| 4111 | |
| 4112 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), Loc); |
| 4113 | } |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 | } // end extern "C" |
| 4116 | |
| 4117 | CXCursor cxcursor::getCursor(CXTranslationUnit TU, SourceLocation SLoc) { |
| 4118 | assert(TU); |
| 4119 | |
| 4120 | // Guard against an invalid SourceLocation, or we may assert in one |
| 4121 | // of the following calls. |
| 4122 | if (SLoc.isInvalid()) |
| 4123 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4124 | |
| 4125 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData); |
| 4126 | |
| 4127 | // Translate the given source location to make it point at the beginning of |
| 4128 | // the token under the cursor. |
| 4129 | SLoc = Lexer::GetBeginningOfToken(SLoc, CXXUnit->getSourceManager(), |
| 4130 | CXXUnit->getASTContext().getLangOpts()); |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 | CXCursor Result = MakeCXCursorInvalid(CXCursor_NoDeclFound); |
| 4133 | if (SLoc.isValid()) { |
| 4134 | GetCursorData ResultData(CXXUnit->getSourceManager(), SLoc, Result); |
| 4135 | CursorVisitor CursorVis(TU, GetCursorVisitor, &ResultData, |
| 4136 | /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/true, |
| 4137 | /*VisitIncludedEntities=*/false, |
| 4138 | SourceLocation(SLoc)); |
| 4139 | CursorVis.visitFileRegion(); |
| 4140 | } |
| 4141 | |
| 4142 | return Result; |
| 4143 | } |
| 4144 | |
| 4145 | static SourceRange getRawCursorExtent(CXCursor C) { |
| 4146 | if (clang_isReference(C.kind)) { |
| 4147 | switch (C.kind) { |
| 4148 | case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef: |
| 4149 | return getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C).second; |
| 4150 | |
| 4151 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: |
| 4152 | return getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C).second; |
| 4153 | |
| 4154 | case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: |
| 4155 | return getCursorObjCClassRef(C).second; |
| 4156 | |
| 4157 | case CXCursor_TypeRef: |
| 4158 | return getCursorTypeRef(C).second; |
| 4159 | |
| 4160 | case CXCursor_TemplateRef: |
| 4161 | return getCursorTemplateRef(C).second; |
| 4162 | |
| 4163 | case CXCursor_NamespaceRef: |
| 4164 | return getCursorNamespaceRef(C).second; |
| 4165 | |
| 4166 | case CXCursor_MemberRef: |
| 4167 | return getCursorMemberRef(C).second; |
| 4168 | |
| 4169 | case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: |
| 4170 | return getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C)->getSourceRange(); |
| 4171 | |
| 4172 | case CXCursor_LabelRef: |
| 4173 | return getCursorLabelRef(C).second; |
| 4174 | |
| 4175 | case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef: |
| 4176 | return getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).second; |
| 4177 | |
| 4178 | case CXCursor_VariableRef: |
| 4179 | return getCursorVariableRef(C).second; |
| 4180 | |
| 4181 | default: |
| 4182 | // FIXME: Need a way to enumerate all non-reference cases. |
| 4183 | llvm_unreachable("Missed a reference kind"); |
| 4184 | } |
| 4185 | } |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 | if (clang_isExpression(C.kind)) |
| 4188 | return getCursorExpr(C)->getSourceRange(); |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 | if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) |
| 4191 | return getCursorStmt(C)->getSourceRange(); |
| 4192 | |
| 4193 | if (clang_isAttribute(C.kind)) |
| 4194 | return getCursorAttr(C)->getRange(); |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective) |
| 4197 | return cxcursor::getCursorPreprocessingDirective(C); |
| 4198 | |
| 4199 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) { |
| 4200 | ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 664b06f | 2013-01-07 19:16:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4201 | SourceRange Range = cxcursor::getCursorMacroExpansion(C).getSourceRange(); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4202 | return TU->mapRangeFromPreamble(Range); |
| 4203 | } |
| 4204 | |
| 4205 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition) { |
| 4206 | ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C); |
| 4207 | SourceRange Range = cxcursor::getCursorMacroDefinition(C)->getSourceRange(); |
| 4208 | return TU->mapRangeFromPreamble(Range); |
| 4209 | } |
| 4210 | |
| 4211 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_InclusionDirective) { |
| 4212 | ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C); |
| 4213 | SourceRange Range = cxcursor::getCursorInclusionDirective(C)->getSourceRange(); |
| 4214 | return TU->mapRangeFromPreamble(Range); |
| 4215 | } |
| 4216 | |
| 4217 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_TranslationUnit) { |
| 4218 | ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C); |
| 4219 | FileID MainID = TU->getSourceManager().getMainFileID(); |
| 4220 | SourceLocation Start = TU->getSourceManager().getLocForStartOfFile(MainID); |
| 4221 | SourceLocation End = TU->getSourceManager().getLocForEndOfFile(MainID); |
| 4222 | return SourceRange(Start, End); |
| 4223 | } |
| 4224 | |
| 4225 | if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4226 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4227 | if (!D) |
| 4228 | return SourceRange(); |
| 4229 | |
| 4230 | SourceRange R = D->getSourceRange(); |
| 4231 | // FIXME: Multiple variables declared in a single declaration |
| 4232 | // currently lack the information needed to correctly determine their |
| 4233 | // ranges when accounting for the type-specifier. We use context |
| 4234 | // stored in the CXCursor to determine if the VarDecl is in a DeclGroup, |
| 4235 | // and if so, whether it is the first decl. |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4236 | if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4237 | if (!cxcursor::isFirstInDeclGroup(C)) |
| 4238 | R.setBegin(VD->getLocation()); |
| 4239 | } |
| 4240 | return R; |
| 4241 | } |
| 4242 | return SourceRange(); |
| 4243 | } |
| 4244 | |
| 4245 | /// \brief Retrieves the "raw" cursor extent, which is then extended to include |
| 4246 | /// the decl-specifier-seq for declarations. |
| 4247 | static SourceRange getFullCursorExtent(CXCursor C, SourceManager &SrcMgr) { |
| 4248 | if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4249 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4250 | if (!D) |
| 4251 | return SourceRange(); |
| 4252 | |
| 4253 | SourceRange R = D->getSourceRange(); |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 | // Adjust the start of the location for declarations preceded by |
| 4256 | // declaration specifiers. |
| 4257 | SourceLocation StartLoc; |
| 4258 | if (const DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { |
| 4259 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = DD->getTypeSourceInfo()) |
| 4260 | StartLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(); |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4261 | } else if (const TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(D)) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4262 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = Typedef->getTypeSourceInfo()) |
| 4263 | StartLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(); |
| 4264 | } |
| 4265 | |
| 4266 | if (StartLoc.isValid() && R.getBegin().isValid() && |
| 4267 | SrcMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(StartLoc, R.getBegin())) |
| 4268 | R.setBegin(StartLoc); |
| 4269 | |
| 4270 | // FIXME: Multiple variables declared in a single declaration |
| 4271 | // currently lack the information needed to correctly determine their |
| 4272 | // ranges when accounting for the type-specifier. We use context |
| 4273 | // stored in the CXCursor to determine if the VarDecl is in a DeclGroup, |
| 4274 | // and if so, whether it is the first decl. |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4275 | if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4276 | if (!cxcursor::isFirstInDeclGroup(C)) |
| 4277 | R.setBegin(VD->getLocation()); |
| 4278 | } |
| 4279 | |
| 4280 | return R; |
| 4281 | } |
| 4282 | |
| 4283 | return getRawCursorExtent(C); |
| 4284 | } |
| 4285 | |
| 4286 | extern "C" { |
| 4287 | |
| 4288 | CXSourceRange clang_getCursorExtent(CXCursor C) { |
| 4289 | SourceRange R = getRawCursorExtent(C); |
| 4290 | if (R.isInvalid()) |
| 4291 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 4292 | |
| 4293 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(getCursorContext(C), R); |
| 4294 | } |
| 4295 | |
| 4296 | CXCursor clang_getCursorReferenced(CXCursor C) { |
| 4297 | if (clang_isInvalid(C.kind)) |
| 4298 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4299 | |
| 4300 | CXTranslationUnit tu = getCursorTU(C); |
| 4301 | if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4302 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4303 | if (!D) |
| 4304 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4305 | if (const UsingDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingDecl>(D)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4306 | return MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(Using, D->getLocation(), tu); |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4307 | if (const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropImpl = |
| 4308 | dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4309 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = PropImpl->getPropertyDecl()) |
| 4310 | return MakeCXCursor(Property, tu); |
| 4311 | |
| 4312 | return C; |
| 4313 | } |
| 4314 | |
| 4315 | if (clang_isExpression(C.kind)) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4316 | const Expr *E = getCursorExpr(C); |
| 4317 | const Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(E); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4318 | if (D) { |
| 4319 | CXCursor declCursor = MakeCXCursor(D, tu); |
| 4320 | declCursor = getSelectorIdentifierCursor(getSelectorIdentifierIndex(C), |
| 4321 | declCursor); |
| 4322 | return declCursor; |
| 4323 | } |
| 4324 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4325 | if (const OverloadExpr *Ovl = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4326 | return MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(Ovl, tu); |
| 4327 | |
| 4328 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4329 | } |
| 4330 | |
| 4331 | if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4332 | const Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(C); |
| 4333 | if (const GotoStmt *Goto = dyn_cast_or_null<GotoStmt>(S)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4334 | if (LabelDecl *label = Goto->getLabel()) |
| 4335 | if (LabelStmt *labelS = label->getStmt()) |
| 4336 | return MakeCXCursor(labelS, getCursorDecl(C), tu); |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4339 | } |
| 4340 | |
| 4341 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4342 | if (const MacroDefinition *Def = getCursorMacroExpansion(C).getDefinition()) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4343 | return MakeMacroDefinitionCursor(Def, tu); |
| 4344 | } |
| 4345 | |
| 4346 | if (!clang_isReference(C.kind)) |
| 4347 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4348 | |
| 4349 | switch (C.kind) { |
| 4350 | case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef: |
| 4351 | return MakeCXCursor(getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C).first, tu); |
| 4352 | |
| 4353 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4354 | const ObjCProtocolDecl *Prot = getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C).first; |
| 4355 | if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *Def = Prot->getDefinition()) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4356 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, tu); |
| 4357 | |
| 4358 | return MakeCXCursor(Prot, tu); |
| 4359 | } |
| 4360 | |
| 4361 | case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4362 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = getCursorObjCClassRef(C).first; |
| 4363 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Class->getDefinition()) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4364 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, tu); |
| 4365 | |
| 4366 | return MakeCXCursor(Class, tu); |
| 4367 | } |
| 4368 | |
| 4369 | case CXCursor_TypeRef: |
| 4370 | return MakeCXCursor(getCursorTypeRef(C).first, tu ); |
| 4371 | |
| 4372 | case CXCursor_TemplateRef: |
| 4373 | return MakeCXCursor(getCursorTemplateRef(C).first, tu ); |
| 4374 | |
| 4375 | case CXCursor_NamespaceRef: |
| 4376 | return MakeCXCursor(getCursorNamespaceRef(C).first, tu ); |
| 4377 | |
| 4378 | case CXCursor_MemberRef: |
| 4379 | return MakeCXCursor(getCursorMemberRef(C).first, tu ); |
| 4380 | |
| 4381 | case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4382 | const CXXBaseSpecifier *B = cxcursor::getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4383 | return clang_getTypeDeclaration(cxtype::MakeCXType(B->getType(), |
| 4384 | tu )); |
| 4385 | } |
| 4386 | |
| 4387 | case CXCursor_LabelRef: |
| 4388 | // FIXME: We end up faking the "parent" declaration here because we |
| 4389 | // don't want to make CXCursor larger. |
| 4390 | return MakeCXCursor(getCursorLabelRef(C).first, |
| 4391 | static_cast<ASTUnit*>(tu->TUData)->getASTContext() |
| 4392 | .getTranslationUnitDecl(), |
| 4393 | tu); |
| 4394 | |
| 4395 | case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef: |
| 4396 | return C; |
| 4397 | |
| 4398 | case CXCursor_VariableRef: |
| 4399 | return MakeCXCursor(getCursorVariableRef(C).first, tu); |
| 4400 | |
| 4401 | default: |
| 4402 | // We would prefer to enumerate all non-reference cursor kinds here. |
| 4403 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled reference cursor kind"); |
| 4404 | } |
| 4405 | } |
| 4406 | |
| 4407 | CXCursor clang_getCursorDefinition(CXCursor C) { |
| 4408 | if (clang_isInvalid(C.kind)) |
| 4409 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4410 | |
| 4411 | CXTranslationUnit TU = getCursorTU(C); |
| 4412 | |
| 4413 | bool WasReference = false; |
| 4414 | if (clang_isReference(C.kind) || clang_isExpression(C.kind)) { |
| 4415 | C = clang_getCursorReferenced(C); |
| 4416 | WasReference = true; |
| 4417 | } |
| 4418 | |
| 4419 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) |
| 4420 | return clang_getCursorReferenced(C); |
| 4421 | |
| 4422 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 4423 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4424 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4425 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4426 | if (!D) |
| 4427 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4428 | |
| 4429 | switch (D->getKind()) { |
| 4430 | // Declaration kinds that don't really separate the notions of |
| 4431 | // declaration and definition. |
| 4432 | case Decl::Namespace: |
| 4433 | case Decl::Typedef: |
| 4434 | case Decl::TypeAlias: |
| 4435 | case Decl::TypeAliasTemplate: |
| 4436 | case Decl::TemplateTypeParm: |
| 4437 | case Decl::EnumConstant: |
| 4438 | case Decl::Field: |
| 4439 | case Decl::IndirectField: |
| 4440 | case Decl::ObjCIvar: |
| 4441 | case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField: |
| 4442 | case Decl::ImplicitParam: |
| 4443 | case Decl::ParmVar: |
| 4444 | case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: |
| 4445 | case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm: |
| 4446 | case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl: |
| 4447 | case Decl::ObjCImplementation: |
| 4448 | case Decl::AccessSpec: |
| 4449 | case Decl::LinkageSpec: |
| 4450 | case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl: |
| 4451 | case Decl::FileScopeAsm: |
| 4452 | case Decl::StaticAssert: |
| 4453 | case Decl::Block: |
| 4454 | case Decl::Label: // FIXME: Is this right?? |
| 4455 | case Decl::ClassScopeFunctionSpecialization: |
| 4456 | case Decl::Import: |
| 4457 | return C; |
| 4458 | |
| 4459 | // Declaration kinds that don't make any sense here, but are |
| 4460 | // nonetheless harmless. |
| 4461 | case Decl::TranslationUnit: |
| 4462 | break; |
| 4463 | |
| 4464 | // Declaration kinds for which the definition is not resolvable. |
| 4465 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename: |
| 4466 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue: |
| 4467 | break; |
| 4468 | |
| 4469 | case Decl::UsingDirective: |
| 4470 | return MakeCXCursor(cast<UsingDirectiveDecl>(D)->getNominatedNamespace(), |
| 4471 | TU); |
| 4472 | |
| 4473 | case Decl::NamespaceAlias: |
| 4474 | return MakeCXCursor(cast<NamespaceAliasDecl>(D)->getNamespace(), TU); |
| 4475 | |
| 4476 | case Decl::Enum: |
| 4477 | case Decl::Record: |
| 4478 | case Decl::CXXRecord: |
| 4479 | case Decl::ClassTemplateSpecialization: |
| 4480 | case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization: |
| 4481 | if (TagDecl *Def = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition()) |
| 4482 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU); |
| 4483 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4484 | |
| 4485 | case Decl::Function: |
| 4486 | case Decl::CXXMethod: |
| 4487 | case Decl::CXXConstructor: |
| 4488 | case Decl::CXXDestructor: |
| 4489 | case Decl::CXXConversion: { |
| 4490 | const FunctionDecl *Def = 0; |
| 4491 | if (cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->getBody(Def)) |
Dmitri Gribenko | 05756dc | 2013-01-14 00:46:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4492 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4493 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4494 | } |
| 4495 | |
| 4496 | case Decl::Var: { |
| 4497 | // Ask the variable if it has a definition. |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4498 | if (const VarDecl *Def = cast<VarDecl>(D)->getDefinition()) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4499 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU); |
| 4500 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4501 | } |
| 4502 | |
| 4503 | case Decl::FunctionTemplate: { |
| 4504 | const FunctionDecl *Def = 0; |
| 4505 | if (cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl()->getBody(Def)) |
| 4506 | return MakeCXCursor(Def->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(), TU); |
| 4507 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4508 | } |
| 4509 | |
| 4510 | case Decl::ClassTemplate: { |
| 4511 | if (RecordDecl *Def = cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl() |
| 4512 | ->getDefinition()) |
| 4513 | return MakeCXCursor(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getDescribedClassTemplate(), |
| 4514 | TU); |
| 4515 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4516 | } |
| 4517 | |
| 4518 | case Decl::Using: |
| 4519 | return MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(cast<UsingDecl>(D), |
| 4520 | D->getLocation(), TU); |
| 4521 | |
| 4522 | case Decl::UsingShadow: |
| 4523 | return clang_getCursorDefinition( |
| 4524 | MakeCXCursor(cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(), |
| 4525 | TU)); |
| 4526 | |
| 4527 | case Decl::ObjCMethod: { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4528 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4529 | if (Method->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
| 4530 | return C; |
| 4531 | |
| 4532 | // Dig out the method definition in the associated |
| 4533 | // @implementation, if we have it. |
| 4534 | // FIXME: The ASTs should make finding the definition easier. |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4535 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4536 | = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Method->getDeclContext())) |
| 4537 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl = Class->getImplementation()) |
| 4538 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Def = ClassImpl->getMethod(Method->getSelector(), |
| 4539 | Method->isInstanceMethod())) |
| 4540 | if (Def->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
| 4541 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU); |
| 4542 | |
| 4543 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4544 | } |
| 4545 | |
| 4546 | case Decl::ObjCCategory: |
| 4547 | if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *Impl |
| 4548 | = cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)->getImplementation()) |
| 4549 | return MakeCXCursor(Impl, TU); |
| 4550 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4551 | |
| 4552 | case Decl::ObjCProtocol: |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4553 | if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *Def = cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D)->getDefinition()) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4554 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU); |
| 4555 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4556 | |
| 4557 | case Decl::ObjCInterface: { |
| 4558 | // There are two notions of a "definition" for an Objective-C |
| 4559 | // class: the interface and its implementation. When we resolved a |
| 4560 | // reference to an Objective-C class, produce the @interface as |
| 4561 | // the definition; when we were provided with the interface, |
| 4562 | // produce the @implementation as the definition. |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4563 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4564 | if (WasReference) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4565 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = IFace->getDefinition()) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4566 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU); |
| 4567 | } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = IFace->getImplementation()) |
| 4568 | return MakeCXCursor(Impl, TU); |
| 4569 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4570 | } |
| 4571 | |
| 4572 | case Decl::ObjCProperty: |
| 4573 | // FIXME: We don't really know where to find the |
| 4574 | // ObjCPropertyImplDecls that implement this property. |
| 4575 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4576 | |
| 4577 | case Decl::ObjCCompatibleAlias: |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4578 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4579 | = cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(D)->getClassInterface()) |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4580 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Class->getDefinition()) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4581 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU); |
| 4582 | |
| 4583 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4584 | |
| 4585 | case Decl::Friend: |
| 4586 | if (NamedDecl *Friend = cast<FriendDecl>(D)->getFriendDecl()) |
| 4587 | return clang_getCursorDefinition(MakeCXCursor(Friend, TU)); |
| 4588 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4589 | |
| 4590 | case Decl::FriendTemplate: |
| 4591 | if (NamedDecl *Friend = cast<FriendTemplateDecl>(D)->getFriendDecl()) |
| 4592 | return clang_getCursorDefinition(MakeCXCursor(Friend, TU)); |
| 4593 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4594 | } |
| 4595 | |
| 4596 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4597 | } |
| 4598 | |
| 4599 | unsigned clang_isCursorDefinition(CXCursor C) { |
| 4600 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 4601 | return 0; |
| 4602 | |
| 4603 | return clang_getCursorDefinition(C) == C; |
| 4604 | } |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 | CXCursor clang_getCanonicalCursor(CXCursor C) { |
| 4607 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 4608 | return C; |
| 4609 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4610 | if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C)) { |
| 4611 | if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImplD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(D)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4612 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = CatImplD->getCategoryDecl()) |
| 4613 | return MakeCXCursor(CatD, getCursorTU(C)); |
| 4614 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4615 | if (const ObjCImplDecl *ImplD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(D)) |
| 4616 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD = ImplD->getClassInterface()) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4617 | return MakeCXCursor(IFD, getCursorTU(C)); |
| 4618 | |
| 4619 | return MakeCXCursor(D->getCanonicalDecl(), getCursorTU(C)); |
| 4620 | } |
| 4621 | |
| 4622 | return C; |
| 4623 | } |
| 4624 | |
| 4625 | int clang_Cursor_getObjCSelectorIndex(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 4626 | return cxcursor::getSelectorIdentifierIndexAndLoc(cursor).first; |
| 4627 | } |
| 4628 | |
| 4629 | unsigned clang_getNumOverloadedDecls(CXCursor C) { |
| 4630 | if (C.kind != CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef) |
| 4631 | return 0; |
| 4632 | |
| 4633 | OverloadedDeclRefStorage Storage = getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).first; |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4634 | if (const OverloadExpr *E = Storage.dyn_cast<const OverloadExpr *>()) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4635 | return E->getNumDecls(); |
| 4636 | |
| 4637 | if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *S |
| 4638 | = Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadedTemplateStorage*>()) |
| 4639 | return S->size(); |
| 4640 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4641 | const Decl *D = Storage.get<const Decl *>(); |
| 4642 | if (const UsingDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingDecl>(D)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4643 | return Using->shadow_size(); |
| 4644 | |
| 4645 | return 0; |
| 4646 | } |
| 4647 | |
| 4648 | CXCursor clang_getOverloadedDecl(CXCursor cursor, unsigned index) { |
| 4649 | if (cursor.kind != CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef) |
| 4650 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4651 | |
| 4652 | if (index >= clang_getNumOverloadedDecls(cursor)) |
| 4653 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4654 | |
| 4655 | CXTranslationUnit TU = getCursorTU(cursor); |
| 4656 | OverloadedDeclRefStorage Storage = getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(cursor).first; |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4657 | if (const OverloadExpr *E = Storage.dyn_cast<const OverloadExpr *>()) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4658 | return MakeCXCursor(E->decls_begin()[index], TU); |
| 4659 | |
| 4660 | if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *S |
| 4661 | = Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadedTemplateStorage*>()) |
| 4662 | return MakeCXCursor(S->begin()[index], TU); |
| 4663 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4664 | const Decl *D = Storage.get<const Decl *>(); |
| 4665 | if (const UsingDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingDecl>(D)) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4666 | // FIXME: This is, unfortunately, linear time. |
| 4667 | UsingDecl::shadow_iterator Pos = Using->shadow_begin(); |
| 4668 | std::advance(Pos, index); |
| 4669 | return MakeCXCursor(cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*Pos)->getTargetDecl(), TU); |
| 4670 | } |
| 4671 | |
| 4672 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4673 | } |
| 4674 | |
| 4675 | void clang_getDefinitionSpellingAndExtent(CXCursor C, |
| 4676 | const char **startBuf, |
| 4677 | const char **endBuf, |
| 4678 | unsigned *startLine, |
| 4679 | unsigned *startColumn, |
| 4680 | unsigned *endLine, |
| 4681 | unsigned *endColumn) { |
| 4682 | assert(getCursorDecl(C) && "CXCursor has null decl"); |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4683 | const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(getCursorDecl(C)); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4684 | CompoundStmt *Body = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(FD->getBody()); |
| 4685 | |
| 4686 | SourceManager &SM = FD->getASTContext().getSourceManager(); |
| 4687 | *startBuf = SM.getCharacterData(Body->getLBracLoc()); |
| 4688 | *endBuf = SM.getCharacterData(Body->getRBracLoc()); |
| 4689 | *startLine = SM.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getLBracLoc()); |
| 4690 | *startColumn = SM.getSpellingColumnNumber(Body->getLBracLoc()); |
| 4691 | *endLine = SM.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getRBracLoc()); |
| 4692 | *endColumn = SM.getSpellingColumnNumber(Body->getRBracLoc()); |
| 4693 | } |
| 4694 | |
| 4695 | |
| 4696 | CXSourceRange clang_getCursorReferenceNameRange(CXCursor C, unsigned NameFlags, |
| 4697 | unsigned PieceIndex) { |
| 4698 | RefNamePieces Pieces; |
| 4699 | |
| 4700 | switch (C.kind) { |
| 4701 | case CXCursor_MemberRefExpr: |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4702 | if (const MemberExpr *E = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(getCursorExpr(C))) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4703 | Pieces = buildPieces(NameFlags, true, E->getMemberNameInfo(), |
| 4704 | E->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange()); |
| 4705 | break; |
| 4706 | |
| 4707 | case CXCursor_DeclRefExpr: |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4708 | if (const DeclRefExpr *E = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(getCursorExpr(C))) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4709 | Pieces = buildPieces(NameFlags, false, E->getNameInfo(), |
| 4710 | E->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange(), |
| 4711 | E->getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs()); |
| 4712 | break; |
| 4713 | |
| 4714 | case CXCursor_CallExpr: |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4715 | if (const CXXOperatorCallExpr *OCE = |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4716 | dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(getCursorExpr(C))) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4717 | const Expr *Callee = OCE->getCallee(); |
| 4718 | if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Callee)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4719 | Callee = ICE->getSubExpr(); |
| 4720 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4721 | if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Callee)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4722 | Pieces = buildPieces(NameFlags, false, DRE->getNameInfo(), |
| 4723 | DRE->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange()); |
| 4724 | } |
| 4725 | break; |
| 4726 | |
| 4727 | default: |
| 4728 | break; |
| 4729 | } |
| 4730 | |
| 4731 | if (Pieces.empty()) { |
| 4732 | if (PieceIndex == 0) |
| 4733 | return clang_getCursorExtent(C); |
| 4734 | } else if (PieceIndex < Pieces.size()) { |
| 4735 | SourceRange R = Pieces[PieceIndex]; |
| 4736 | if (R.isValid()) |
| 4737 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(getCursorContext(C), R); |
| 4738 | } |
| 4739 | |
| 4740 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 4741 | } |
| 4742 | |
| 4743 | void clang_enableStackTraces(void) { |
| 4744 | llvm::sys::PrintStackTraceOnErrorSignal(); |
| 4745 | } |
| 4746 | |
| 4747 | void clang_executeOnThread(void (*fn)(void*), void *user_data, |
| 4748 | unsigned stack_size) { |
| 4749 | llvm::llvm_execute_on_thread(fn, user_data, stack_size); |
| 4750 | } |
| 4751 | |
| 4752 | } // end: extern "C" |
| 4753 | |
| 4754 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 4755 | // Token-based Operations. |
| 4756 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 4757 | |
| 4758 | /* CXToken layout: |
| 4759 | * int_data[0]: a CXTokenKind |
| 4760 | * int_data[1]: starting token location |
| 4761 | * int_data[2]: token length |
| 4762 | * int_data[3]: reserved |
| 4763 | * ptr_data: for identifiers and keywords, an IdentifierInfo*. |
| 4764 | * otherwise unused. |
| 4765 | */ |
| 4766 | extern "C" { |
| 4767 | |
| 4768 | CXTokenKind clang_getTokenKind(CXToken CXTok) { |
| 4769 | return static_cast<CXTokenKind>(CXTok.int_data[0]); |
| 4770 | } |
| 4771 | |
| 4772 | CXString clang_getTokenSpelling(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken CXTok) { |
| 4773 | switch (clang_getTokenKind(CXTok)) { |
| 4774 | case CXToken_Identifier: |
| 4775 | case CXToken_Keyword: |
| 4776 | // We know we have an IdentifierInfo*, so use that. |
| 4777 | return createCXString(static_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(CXTok.ptr_data) |
| 4778 | ->getNameStart()); |
| 4779 | |
| 4780 | case CXToken_Literal: { |
| 4781 | // We have stashed the starting pointer in the ptr_data field. Use it. |
| 4782 | const char *Text = static_cast<const char *>(CXTok.ptr_data); |
| 4783 | return createCXString(StringRef(Text, CXTok.int_data[2])); |
| 4784 | } |
| 4785 | |
| 4786 | case CXToken_Punctuation: |
| 4787 | case CXToken_Comment: |
| 4788 | break; |
| 4789 | } |
| 4790 | |
| 4791 | // We have to find the starting buffer pointer the hard way, by |
| 4792 | // deconstructing the source location. |
| 4793 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData); |
| 4794 | if (!CXXUnit) |
| 4795 | return createCXString(""); |
| 4796 | |
| 4797 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(CXTok.int_data[1]); |
| 4798 | std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo |
| 4799 | = CXXUnit->getSourceManager().getDecomposedSpellingLoc(Loc); |
| 4800 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 4801 | StringRef Buffer |
| 4802 | = CXXUnit->getSourceManager().getBufferData(LocInfo.first, &Invalid); |
| 4803 | if (Invalid) |
| 4804 | return createCXString(""); |
| 4805 | |
| 4806 | return createCXString(Buffer.substr(LocInfo.second, CXTok.int_data[2])); |
| 4807 | } |
| 4808 | |
| 4809 | CXSourceLocation clang_getTokenLocation(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken CXTok) { |
| 4810 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData); |
| 4811 | if (!CXXUnit) |
| 4812 | return clang_getNullLocation(); |
| 4813 | |
| 4814 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(CXXUnit->getASTContext(), |
| 4815 | SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(CXTok.int_data[1])); |
| 4816 | } |
| 4817 | |
| 4818 | CXSourceRange clang_getTokenExtent(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken CXTok) { |
| 4819 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData); |
| 4820 | if (!CXXUnit) |
| 4821 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 4822 | |
| 4823 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(CXXUnit->getASTContext(), |
| 4824 | SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(CXTok.int_data[1])); |
| 4825 | } |
| 4826 | |
| 4827 | static void getTokens(ASTUnit *CXXUnit, SourceRange Range, |
| 4828 | SmallVectorImpl<CXToken> &CXTokens) { |
| 4829 | SourceManager &SourceMgr = CXXUnit->getSourceManager(); |
| 4830 | std::pair<FileID, unsigned> BeginLocInfo |
| 4831 | = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Range.getBegin()); |
| 4832 | std::pair<FileID, unsigned> EndLocInfo |
| 4833 | = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Range.getEnd()); |
| 4834 | |
| 4835 | // Cannot tokenize across files. |
| 4836 | if (BeginLocInfo.first != EndLocInfo.first) |
| 4837 | return; |
| 4838 | |
| 4839 | // Create a lexer |
| 4840 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 4841 | StringRef Buffer |
| 4842 | = SourceMgr.getBufferData(BeginLocInfo.first, &Invalid); |
| 4843 | if (Invalid) |
| 4844 | return; |
| 4845 | |
| 4846 | Lexer Lex(SourceMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(BeginLocInfo.first), |
| 4847 | CXXUnit->getASTContext().getLangOpts(), |
| 4848 | Buffer.begin(), Buffer.data() + BeginLocInfo.second, Buffer.end()); |
| 4849 | Lex.SetCommentRetentionState(true); |
| 4850 | |
| 4851 | // Lex tokens until we hit the end of the range. |
| 4852 | const char *EffectiveBufferEnd = Buffer.data() + EndLocInfo.second; |
| 4853 | Token Tok; |
| 4854 | bool previousWasAt = false; |
| 4855 | do { |
| 4856 | // Lex the next token |
| 4857 | Lex.LexFromRawLexer(Tok); |
| 4858 | if (Tok.is(tok::eof)) |
| 4859 | break; |
| 4860 | |
| 4861 | // Initialize the CXToken. |
| 4862 | CXToken CXTok; |
| 4863 | |
| 4864 | // - Common fields |
| 4865 | CXTok.int_data[1] = Tok.getLocation().getRawEncoding(); |
| 4866 | CXTok.int_data[2] = Tok.getLength(); |
| 4867 | CXTok.int_data[3] = 0; |
| 4868 | |
| 4869 | // - Kind-specific fields |
| 4870 | if (Tok.isLiteral()) { |
| 4871 | CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Literal; |
Dmitri Gribenko | e4ea879 | 2013-01-23 15:56:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4872 | CXTok.ptr_data = const_cast<char *>(Tok.getLiteralData()); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4873 | } else if (Tok.is(tok::raw_identifier)) { |
| 4874 | // Lookup the identifier to determine whether we have a keyword. |
| 4875 | IdentifierInfo *II |
| 4876 | = CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().LookUpIdentifierInfo(Tok); |
| 4877 | |
| 4878 | if ((II->getObjCKeywordID() != tok::objc_not_keyword) && previousWasAt) { |
| 4879 | CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword; |
| 4880 | } |
| 4881 | else { |
| 4882 | CXTok.int_data[0] = Tok.is(tok::identifier) |
| 4883 | ? CXToken_Identifier |
| 4884 | : CXToken_Keyword; |
| 4885 | } |
| 4886 | CXTok.ptr_data = II; |
| 4887 | } else if (Tok.is(tok::comment)) { |
| 4888 | CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Comment; |
| 4889 | CXTok.ptr_data = 0; |
| 4890 | } else { |
| 4891 | CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Punctuation; |
| 4892 | CXTok.ptr_data = 0; |
| 4893 | } |
| 4894 | CXTokens.push_back(CXTok); |
| 4895 | previousWasAt = Tok.is(tok::at); |
| 4896 | } while (Lex.getBufferLocation() <= EffectiveBufferEnd); |
| 4897 | } |
| 4898 | |
| 4899 | void clang_tokenize(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceRange Range, |
| 4900 | CXToken **Tokens, unsigned *NumTokens) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c6f5c6a | 2013-01-10 18:54:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4901 | LOG_FUNC_SECTION { |
| 4902 | *Log << TU << ' ' << Range; |
| 4903 | } |
| 4904 | |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4905 | if (Tokens) |
| 4906 | *Tokens = 0; |
| 4907 | if (NumTokens) |
| 4908 | *NumTokens = 0; |
| 4909 | |
| 4910 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData); |
| 4911 | if (!CXXUnit || !Tokens || !NumTokens) |
| 4912 | return; |
| 4913 | |
| 4914 | ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit); |
| 4915 | |
| 4916 | SourceRange R = cxloc::translateCXSourceRange(Range); |
| 4917 | if (R.isInvalid()) |
| 4918 | return; |
| 4919 | |
| 4920 | SmallVector<CXToken, 32> CXTokens; |
| 4921 | getTokens(CXXUnit, R, CXTokens); |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 | if (CXTokens.empty()) |
| 4924 | return; |
| 4925 | |
| 4926 | *Tokens = (CXToken *)malloc(sizeof(CXToken) * CXTokens.size()); |
| 4927 | memmove(*Tokens, CXTokens.data(), sizeof(CXToken) * CXTokens.size()); |
| 4928 | *NumTokens = CXTokens.size(); |
| 4929 | } |
| 4930 | |
| 4931 | void clang_disposeTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU, |
| 4932 | CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens) { |
| 4933 | free(Tokens); |
| 4934 | } |
| 4935 | |
| 4936 | } // end: extern "C" |
| 4937 | |
| 4938 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 4939 | // Token annotation APIs. |
| 4940 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 4941 | |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4942 | static enum CXChildVisitResult AnnotateTokensVisitor(CXCursor cursor, |
| 4943 | CXCursor parent, |
| 4944 | CXClientData client_data); |
| 4945 | static bool AnnotateTokensPostChildrenVisitor(CXCursor cursor, |
| 4946 | CXClientData client_data); |
| 4947 | |
| 4948 | namespace { |
| 4949 | class AnnotateTokensWorker { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4950 | CXToken *Tokens; |
| 4951 | CXCursor *Cursors; |
| 4952 | unsigned NumTokens; |
| 4953 | unsigned TokIdx; |
| 4954 | unsigned PreprocessingTokIdx; |
| 4955 | CursorVisitor AnnotateVis; |
| 4956 | SourceManager &SrcMgr; |
| 4957 | bool HasContextSensitiveKeywords; |
| 4958 | |
| 4959 | struct PostChildrenInfo { |
| 4960 | CXCursor Cursor; |
| 4961 | SourceRange CursorRange; |
| 4962 | unsigned BeforeChildrenTokenIdx; |
| 4963 | }; |
Dmitri Gribenko | cfa88f8 | 2013-01-12 19:30:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4964 | SmallVector<PostChildrenInfo, 8> PostChildrenInfos; |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4965 | |
| 4966 | bool MoreTokens() const { return TokIdx < NumTokens; } |
| 4967 | unsigned NextToken() const { return TokIdx; } |
| 4968 | void AdvanceToken() { ++TokIdx; } |
| 4969 | SourceLocation GetTokenLoc(unsigned tokI) { |
| 4970 | return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[tokI].int_data[1]); |
| 4971 | } |
| 4972 | bool isFunctionMacroToken(unsigned tokI) const { |
| 4973 | return Tokens[tokI].int_data[3] != 0; |
| 4974 | } |
| 4975 | SourceLocation getFunctionMacroTokenLoc(unsigned tokI) const { |
| 4976 | return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[tokI].int_data[3]); |
| 4977 | } |
| 4978 | |
| 4979 | void annotateAndAdvanceTokens(CXCursor, RangeComparisonResult, SourceRange); |
| 4980 | void annotateAndAdvanceFunctionMacroTokens(CXCursor, RangeComparisonResult, |
| 4981 | SourceRange); |
| 4982 | |
| 4983 | public: |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4984 | AnnotateTokensWorker(CXToken *tokens, CXCursor *cursors, unsigned numTokens, |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4985 | CXTranslationUnit tu, SourceRange RegionOfInterest) |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4986 | : Tokens(tokens), Cursors(cursors), |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4987 | NumTokens(numTokens), TokIdx(0), PreprocessingTokIdx(0), |
| 4988 | AnnotateVis(tu, |
| 4989 | AnnotateTokensVisitor, this, |
| 4990 | /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/true, |
| 4991 | /*VisitIncludedEntities=*/false, |
| 4992 | RegionOfInterest, |
| 4993 | /*VisitDeclsOnly=*/false, |
| 4994 | AnnotateTokensPostChildrenVisitor), |
| 4995 | SrcMgr(static_cast<ASTUnit*>(tu->TUData)->getSourceManager()), |
| 4996 | HasContextSensitiveKeywords(false) { } |
| 4997 | |
| 4998 | void VisitChildren(CXCursor C) { AnnotateVis.VisitChildren(C); } |
| 4999 | enum CXChildVisitResult Visit(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent); |
| 5000 | bool postVisitChildren(CXCursor cursor); |
| 5001 | void AnnotateTokens(); |
| 5002 | |
| 5003 | /// \brief Determine whether the annotator saw any cursors that have |
| 5004 | /// context-sensitive keywords. |
| 5005 | bool hasContextSensitiveKeywords() const { |
| 5006 | return HasContextSensitiveKeywords; |
| 5007 | } |
| 5008 | |
| 5009 | ~AnnotateTokensWorker() { |
| 5010 | assert(PostChildrenInfos.empty()); |
| 5011 | } |
| 5012 | }; |
| 5013 | } |
| 5014 | |
| 5015 | void AnnotateTokensWorker::AnnotateTokens() { |
| 5016 | // Walk the AST within the region of interest, annotating tokens |
| 5017 | // along the way. |
| 5018 | AnnotateVis.visitFileRegion(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5019 | } |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5020 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5021 | static inline void updateCursorAnnotation(CXCursor &Cursor, |
| 5022 | const CXCursor &updateC) { |
| 5023 | if (clang_isInvalid(updateC.kind) || clang_isPreprocessing(Cursor.kind)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5024 | return; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5025 | Cursor = updateC; |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5026 | } |
| 5027 | |
| 5028 | /// \brief It annotates and advances tokens with a cursor until the comparison |
| 5029 | //// between the cursor location and the source range is the same as |
| 5030 | /// \arg compResult. |
| 5031 | /// |
| 5032 | /// Pass RangeBefore to annotate tokens with a cursor until a range is reached. |
| 5033 | /// Pass RangeOverlap to annotate tokens inside a range. |
| 5034 | void AnnotateTokensWorker::annotateAndAdvanceTokens(CXCursor updateC, |
| 5035 | RangeComparisonResult compResult, |
| 5036 | SourceRange range) { |
| 5037 | while (MoreTokens()) { |
| 5038 | const unsigned I = NextToken(); |
| 5039 | if (isFunctionMacroToken(I)) |
| 5040 | return annotateAndAdvanceFunctionMacroTokens(updateC, compResult, range); |
| 5041 | |
| 5042 | SourceLocation TokLoc = GetTokenLoc(I); |
| 5043 | if (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, range) == compResult) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5044 | updateCursorAnnotation(Cursors[I], updateC); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5045 | AdvanceToken(); |
| 5046 | continue; |
| 5047 | } |
| 5048 | break; |
| 5049 | } |
| 5050 | } |
| 5051 | |
| 5052 | /// \brief Special annotation handling for macro argument tokens. |
| 5053 | void AnnotateTokensWorker::annotateAndAdvanceFunctionMacroTokens( |
| 5054 | CXCursor updateC, |
| 5055 | RangeComparisonResult compResult, |
| 5056 | SourceRange range) { |
| 5057 | assert(MoreTokens()); |
| 5058 | assert(isFunctionMacroToken(NextToken()) && |
| 5059 | "Should be called only for macro arg tokens"); |
| 5060 | |
| 5061 | // This works differently than annotateAndAdvanceTokens; because expanded |
| 5062 | // macro arguments can have arbitrary translation-unit source order, we do not |
| 5063 | // advance the token index one by one until a token fails the range test. |
| 5064 | // We only advance once past all of the macro arg tokens if all of them |
| 5065 | // pass the range test. If one of them fails we keep the token index pointing |
| 5066 | // at the start of the macro arg tokens so that the failing token will be |
| 5067 | // annotated by a subsequent annotation try. |
| 5068 | |
| 5069 | bool atLeastOneCompFail = false; |
| 5070 | |
| 5071 | unsigned I = NextToken(); |
| 5072 | for (; I < NumTokens && isFunctionMacroToken(I); ++I) { |
| 5073 | SourceLocation TokLoc = getFunctionMacroTokenLoc(I); |
| 5074 | if (TokLoc.isFileID()) |
| 5075 | continue; // not macro arg token, it's parens or comma. |
| 5076 | if (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, range) == compResult) { |
| 5077 | if (clang_isInvalid(clang_getCursorKind(Cursors[I]))) |
| 5078 | Cursors[I] = updateC; |
| 5079 | } else |
| 5080 | atLeastOneCompFail = true; |
| 5081 | } |
| 5082 | |
| 5083 | if (!atLeastOneCompFail) |
| 5084 | TokIdx = I; // All of the tokens were handled, advance beyond all of them. |
| 5085 | } |
| 5086 | |
| 5087 | enum CXChildVisitResult |
| 5088 | AnnotateTokensWorker::Visit(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5089 | SourceRange cursorRange = getRawCursorExtent(cursor); |
| 5090 | if (cursorRange.isInvalid()) |
| 5091 | return CXChildVisit_Recurse; |
| 5092 | |
| 5093 | if (!HasContextSensitiveKeywords) { |
| 5094 | // Objective-C properties can have context-sensitive keywords. |
| 5095 | if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5096 | if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *Property |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5097 | = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCPropertyDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) |
| 5098 | HasContextSensitiveKeywords = Property->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten() != 0; |
| 5099 | } |
| 5100 | // Objective-C methods can have context-sensitive keywords. |
| 5101 | else if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl || |
| 5102 | cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5103 | if (const ObjCMethodDecl *Method |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5104 | = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) { |
| 5105 | if (Method->getObjCDeclQualifier()) |
| 5106 | HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true; |
| 5107 | else { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5108 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator P = Method->param_begin(), |
| 5109 | PEnd = Method->param_end(); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5110 | P != PEnd; ++P) { |
| 5111 | if ((*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier()) { |
| 5112 | HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true; |
| 5113 | break; |
| 5114 | } |
| 5115 | } |
| 5116 | } |
| 5117 | } |
| 5118 | } |
| 5119 | // C++ methods can have context-sensitive keywords. |
| 5120 | else if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_CXXMethod) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5121 | if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5122 | = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) { |
| 5123 | if (Method->hasAttr<FinalAttr>() || Method->hasAttr<OverrideAttr>()) |
| 5124 | HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true; |
| 5125 | } |
| 5126 | } |
| 5127 | // C++ classes can have context-sensitive keywords. |
| 5128 | else if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_StructDecl || |
| 5129 | cursor.kind == CXCursor_ClassDecl || |
| 5130 | cursor.kind == CXCursor_ClassTemplate || |
| 5131 | cursor.kind == CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5132 | if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5133 | if (D->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) |
| 5134 | HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true; |
| 5135 | } |
| 5136 | } |
| 5137 | |
| 5138 | if (clang_isPreprocessing(cursor.kind)) { |
| 5139 | // Items in the preprocessing record are kept separate from items in |
| 5140 | // declarations, so we keep a separate token index. |
| 5141 | unsigned SavedTokIdx = TokIdx; |
| 5142 | TokIdx = PreprocessingTokIdx; |
| 5143 | |
| 5144 | // Skip tokens up until we catch up to the beginning of the preprocessing |
| 5145 | // entry. |
| 5146 | while (MoreTokens()) { |
| 5147 | const unsigned I = NextToken(); |
| 5148 | SourceLocation TokLoc = GetTokenLoc(I); |
| 5149 | switch (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, cursorRange)) { |
| 5150 | case RangeBefore: |
| 5151 | AdvanceToken(); |
| 5152 | continue; |
| 5153 | case RangeAfter: |
| 5154 | case RangeOverlap: |
| 5155 | break; |
| 5156 | } |
| 5157 | break; |
| 5158 | } |
| 5159 | |
| 5160 | // Look at all of the tokens within this range. |
| 5161 | while (MoreTokens()) { |
| 5162 | const unsigned I = NextToken(); |
| 5163 | SourceLocation TokLoc = GetTokenLoc(I); |
| 5164 | switch (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, cursorRange)) { |
| 5165 | case RangeBefore: |
| 5166 | llvm_unreachable("Infeasible"); |
| 5167 | case RangeAfter: |
| 5168 | break; |
| 5169 | case RangeOverlap: |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5170 | // We may have already annotated macro names inside macro definitions. |
| 5171 | if (Cursors[I].kind != CXCursor_MacroExpansion) |
| 5172 | Cursors[I] = cursor; |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5173 | AdvanceToken(); |
| 5174 | // For macro expansions, just note where the beginning of the macro |
| 5175 | // expansion occurs. |
| 5176 | if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) |
| 5177 | break; |
| 5178 | continue; |
| 5179 | } |
| 5180 | break; |
| 5181 | } |
| 5182 | |
| 5183 | // Save the preprocessing token index; restore the non-preprocessing |
| 5184 | // token index. |
| 5185 | PreprocessingTokIdx = TokIdx; |
| 5186 | TokIdx = SavedTokIdx; |
| 5187 | return CXChildVisit_Recurse; |
| 5188 | } |
| 5189 | |
| 5190 | if (cursorRange.isInvalid()) |
| 5191 | return CXChildVisit_Continue; |
| 5192 | |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5193 | const enum CXCursorKind cursorK = clang_getCursorKind(cursor); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5194 | const enum CXCursorKind K = clang_getCursorKind(parent); |
| 5195 | const CXCursor updateC = |
| 5196 | (clang_isInvalid(K) || K == CXCursor_TranslationUnit) |
| 5197 | ? clang_getNullCursor() : parent; |
| 5198 | |
| 5199 | annotateAndAdvanceTokens(updateC, RangeBefore, cursorRange); |
| 5200 | |
| 5201 | // Avoid having the cursor of an expression "overwrite" the annotation of the |
| 5202 | // variable declaration that it belongs to. |
| 5203 | // This can happen for C++ constructor expressions whose range generally |
| 5204 | // include the variable declaration, e.g.: |
| 5205 | // MyCXXClass foo; // Make sure we don't annotate 'foo' as a CallExpr cursor. |
| 5206 | if (clang_isExpression(cursorK)) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | ff74f96 | 2013-01-26 15:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5207 | const Expr *E = getCursorExpr(cursor); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5208 | if (Decl *D = getCursorParentDecl(cursor)) { |
| 5209 | const unsigned I = NextToken(); |
| 5210 | if (E->getLocStart().isValid() && D->getLocation().isValid() && |
| 5211 | E->getLocStart() == D->getLocation() && |
| 5212 | E->getLocStart() == GetTokenLoc(I)) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5213 | updateCursorAnnotation(Cursors[I], updateC); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5214 | AdvanceToken(); |
| 5215 | } |
| 5216 | } |
| 5217 | } |
| 5218 | |
| 5219 | // Before recursing into the children keep some state that we are going |
| 5220 | // to use in the AnnotateTokensWorker::postVisitChildren callback to do some |
| 5221 | // extra work after the child nodes are visited. |
| 5222 | // Note that we don't call VisitChildren here to avoid traversing statements |
| 5223 | // code-recursively which can blow the stack. |
| 5224 | |
| 5225 | PostChildrenInfo Info; |
| 5226 | Info.Cursor = cursor; |
| 5227 | Info.CursorRange = cursorRange; |
| 5228 | Info.BeforeChildrenTokenIdx = NextToken(); |
| 5229 | PostChildrenInfos.push_back(Info); |
| 5230 | |
| 5231 | return CXChildVisit_Recurse; |
| 5232 | } |
| 5233 | |
| 5234 | bool AnnotateTokensWorker::postVisitChildren(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 5235 | if (PostChildrenInfos.empty()) |
| 5236 | return false; |
| 5237 | const PostChildrenInfo &Info = PostChildrenInfos.back(); |
| 5238 | if (!clang_equalCursors(Info.Cursor, cursor)) |
| 5239 | return false; |
| 5240 | |
| 5241 | const unsigned BeforeChildren = Info.BeforeChildrenTokenIdx; |
| 5242 | const unsigned AfterChildren = NextToken(); |
| 5243 | SourceRange cursorRange = Info.CursorRange; |
| 5244 | |
| 5245 | // Scan the tokens that are at the end of the cursor, but are not captured |
| 5246 | // but the child cursors. |
| 5247 | annotateAndAdvanceTokens(cursor, RangeOverlap, cursorRange); |
| 5248 | |
| 5249 | // Scan the tokens that are at the beginning of the cursor, but are not |
| 5250 | // capture by the child cursors. |
| 5251 | for (unsigned I = BeforeChildren; I != AfterChildren; ++I) { |
| 5252 | if (!clang_isInvalid(clang_getCursorKind(Cursors[I]))) |
| 5253 | break; |
| 5254 | |
| 5255 | Cursors[I] = cursor; |
| 5256 | } |
| 5257 | |
| 5258 | PostChildrenInfos.pop_back(); |
| 5259 | return false; |
| 5260 | } |
| 5261 | |
| 5262 | static enum CXChildVisitResult AnnotateTokensVisitor(CXCursor cursor, |
| 5263 | CXCursor parent, |
| 5264 | CXClientData client_data) { |
| 5265 | return static_cast<AnnotateTokensWorker*>(client_data)->Visit(cursor, parent); |
| 5266 | } |
| 5267 | |
| 5268 | static bool AnnotateTokensPostChildrenVisitor(CXCursor cursor, |
| 5269 | CXClientData client_data) { |
| 5270 | return static_cast<AnnotateTokensWorker*>(client_data)-> |
| 5271 | postVisitChildren(cursor); |
| 5272 | } |
| 5273 | |
| 5274 | namespace { |
| 5275 | |
| 5276 | /// \brief Uses the macro expansions in the preprocessing record to find |
| 5277 | /// and mark tokens that are macro arguments. This info is used by the |
| 5278 | /// AnnotateTokensWorker. |
| 5279 | class MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor { |
| 5280 | SourceManager &SM; |
| 5281 | CXToken *Tokens; |
| 5282 | unsigned NumTokens; |
| 5283 | unsigned CurIdx; |
| 5284 | |
| 5285 | public: |
| 5286 | MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor(SourceManager &SM, |
| 5287 | CXToken *tokens, unsigned numTokens) |
| 5288 | : SM(SM), Tokens(tokens), NumTokens(numTokens), CurIdx(0) { } |
| 5289 | |
| 5290 | CXChildVisitResult visit(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent) { |
| 5291 | if (cursor.kind != CXCursor_MacroExpansion) |
| 5292 | return CXChildVisit_Continue; |
| 5293 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 664b06f | 2013-01-07 19:16:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5294 | SourceRange macroRange = getCursorMacroExpansion(cursor).getSourceRange(); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5295 | if (macroRange.getBegin() == macroRange.getEnd()) |
| 5296 | return CXChildVisit_Continue; // it's not a function macro. |
| 5297 | |
| 5298 | for (; CurIdx < NumTokens; ++CurIdx) { |
| 5299 | if (!SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(getTokenLoc(CurIdx), |
| 5300 | macroRange.getBegin())) |
| 5301 | break; |
| 5302 | } |
| 5303 | |
| 5304 | if (CurIdx == NumTokens) |
| 5305 | return CXChildVisit_Break; |
| 5306 | |
| 5307 | for (; CurIdx < NumTokens; ++CurIdx) { |
| 5308 | SourceLocation tokLoc = getTokenLoc(CurIdx); |
| 5309 | if (!SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(tokLoc, macroRange.getEnd())) |
| 5310 | break; |
| 5311 | |
| 5312 | setFunctionMacroTokenLoc(CurIdx, SM.getMacroArgExpandedLocation(tokLoc)); |
| 5313 | } |
| 5314 | |
| 5315 | if (CurIdx == NumTokens) |
| 5316 | return CXChildVisit_Break; |
| 5317 | |
| 5318 | return CXChildVisit_Continue; |
| 5319 | } |
| 5320 | |
| 5321 | private: |
| 5322 | SourceLocation getTokenLoc(unsigned tokI) { |
| 5323 | return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[tokI].int_data[1]); |
| 5324 | } |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 | void setFunctionMacroTokenLoc(unsigned tokI, SourceLocation loc) { |
| 5327 | // The third field is reserved and currently not used. Use it here |
| 5328 | // to mark macro arg expanded tokens with their expanded locations. |
| 5329 | Tokens[tokI].int_data[3] = loc.getRawEncoding(); |
| 5330 | } |
| 5331 | }; |
| 5332 | |
| 5333 | } // end anonymous namespace |
| 5334 | |
| 5335 | static CXChildVisitResult |
| 5336 | MarkMacroArgTokensVisitorDelegate(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent, |
| 5337 | CXClientData client_data) { |
| 5338 | return static_cast<MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor*>(client_data)->visit(cursor, |
| 5339 | parent); |
| 5340 | } |
| 5341 | |
| 5342 | namespace { |
| 5343 | struct clang_annotateTokens_Data { |
| 5344 | CXTranslationUnit TU; |
| 5345 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit; |
| 5346 | CXToken *Tokens; |
| 5347 | unsigned NumTokens; |
| 5348 | CXCursor *Cursors; |
| 5349 | }; |
| 5350 | } |
| 5351 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5352 | /// \brief Used by \c annotatePreprocessorTokens. |
| 5353 | /// \returns true if lexing was finished, false otherwise. |
| 5354 | static bool lexNext(Lexer &Lex, Token &Tok, |
| 5355 | unsigned &NextIdx, unsigned NumTokens) { |
| 5356 | if (NextIdx >= NumTokens) |
| 5357 | return true; |
| 5358 | |
| 5359 | ++NextIdx; |
| 5360 | Lex.LexFromRawLexer(Tok); |
| 5361 | if (Tok.is(tok::eof)) |
| 5362 | return true; |
| 5363 | |
| 5364 | return false; |
| 5365 | } |
| 5366 | |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5367 | static void annotatePreprocessorTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU, |
| 5368 | SourceRange RegionOfInterest, |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5369 | CXCursor *Cursors, |
| 5370 | CXToken *Tokens, |
| 5371 | unsigned NumTokens) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5372 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData); |
| 5373 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 3453bf7 | 2013-01-07 19:16:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5374 | Preprocessor &PP = CXXUnit->getPreprocessor(); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5375 | SourceManager &SourceMgr = CXXUnit->getSourceManager(); |
| 5376 | std::pair<FileID, unsigned> BeginLocInfo |
| 5377 | = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(RegionOfInterest.getBegin()); |
| 5378 | std::pair<FileID, unsigned> EndLocInfo |
| 5379 | = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(RegionOfInterest.getEnd()); |
| 5380 | |
| 5381 | if (BeginLocInfo.first != EndLocInfo.first) |
| 5382 | return; |
| 5383 | |
| 5384 | StringRef Buffer; |
| 5385 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 5386 | Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(BeginLocInfo.first, &Invalid); |
| 5387 | if (Buffer.empty() || Invalid) |
| 5388 | return; |
| 5389 | |
| 5390 | Lexer Lex(SourceMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(BeginLocInfo.first), |
| 5391 | CXXUnit->getASTContext().getLangOpts(), |
| 5392 | Buffer.begin(), Buffer.data() + BeginLocInfo.second, |
| 5393 | Buffer.end()); |
| 5394 | Lex.SetCommentRetentionState(true); |
| 5395 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5396 | unsigned NextIdx = 0; |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5397 | // Lex tokens in raw mode until we hit the end of the range, to avoid |
| 5398 | // entering #includes or expanding macros. |
| 5399 | while (true) { |
| 5400 | Token Tok; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5401 | if (lexNext(Lex, Tok, NextIdx, NumTokens)) |
| 5402 | break; |
| 5403 | unsigned TokIdx = NextIdx-1; |
| 5404 | assert(Tok.getLocation() == |
| 5405 | SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[TokIdx].int_data[1])); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5406 | |
| 5407 | reprocess: |
| 5408 | if (Tok.is(tok::hash) && Tok.isAtStartOfLine()) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5409 | // We have found a preprocessing directive. Annotate the tokens |
| 5410 | // appropriately. |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5411 | // |
| 5412 | // FIXME: Some simple tests here could identify macro definitions and |
| 5413 | // #undefs, to provide specific cursor kinds for those. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5414 | |
| 5415 | SourceLocation BeginLoc = Tok.getLocation(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 3453bf7 | 2013-01-07 19:16:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5416 | if (lexNext(Lex, Tok, NextIdx, NumTokens)) |
| 5417 | break; |
| 5418 | |
| 5419 | MacroInfo *MI = 0; |
| 5420 | if (Tok.is(tok::raw_identifier) && |
| 5421 | StringRef(Tok.getRawIdentifierData(), Tok.getLength()) == "define") { |
| 5422 | if (lexNext(Lex, Tok, NextIdx, NumTokens)) |
| 5423 | break; |
| 5424 | |
| 5425 | if (Tok.is(tok::raw_identifier)) { |
| 5426 | StringRef Name(Tok.getRawIdentifierData(), Tok.getLength()); |
| 5427 | IdentifierInfo &II = PP.getIdentifierTable().get(Name); |
| 5428 | SourceLocation MappedTokLoc = |
| 5429 | CXXUnit->mapLocationToPreamble(Tok.getLocation()); |
| 5430 | MI = getMacroInfo(II, MappedTokLoc, TU); |
| 5431 | } |
| 5432 | } |
| 5433 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5434 | bool finished = false; |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5435 | do { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5436 | if (lexNext(Lex, Tok, NextIdx, NumTokens)) { |
| 5437 | finished = true; |
| 5438 | break; |
| 5439 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 3453bf7 | 2013-01-07 19:16:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5440 | // If we are in a macro definition, check if the token was ever a |
| 5441 | // macro name and annotate it if that's the case. |
| 5442 | if (MI) { |
| 5443 | SourceLocation SaveLoc = Tok.getLocation(); |
| 5444 | Tok.setLocation(CXXUnit->mapLocationToPreamble(SaveLoc)); |
| 5445 | MacroDefinition *MacroDef = checkForMacroInMacroDefinition(MI,Tok,TU); |
| 5446 | Tok.setLocation(SaveLoc); |
| 5447 | if (MacroDef) |
| 5448 | Cursors[NextIdx-1] = MakeMacroExpansionCursor(MacroDef, |
| 5449 | Tok.getLocation(), TU); |
| 5450 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5451 | } while (!Tok.isAtStartOfLine()); |
| 5452 | |
| 5453 | unsigned LastIdx = finished ? NextIdx-1 : NextIdx-2; |
| 5454 | assert(TokIdx <= LastIdx); |
| 5455 | SourceLocation EndLoc = |
| 5456 | SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[LastIdx].int_data[1]); |
| 5457 | CXCursor Cursor = |
| 5458 | MakePreprocessingDirectiveCursor(SourceRange(BeginLoc, EndLoc), TU); |
| 5459 | |
| 5460 | for (; TokIdx <= LastIdx; ++TokIdx) |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 3453bf7 | 2013-01-07 19:16:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5461 | updateCursorAnnotation(Cursors[TokIdx], Cursor); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5462 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5463 | if (finished) |
| 5464 | break; |
| 5465 | goto reprocess; |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5466 | } |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5467 | } |
| 5468 | } |
| 5469 | |
| 5470 | // This gets run a separate thread to avoid stack blowout. |
| 5471 | static void clang_annotateTokensImpl(void *UserData) { |
| 5472 | CXTranslationUnit TU = ((clang_annotateTokens_Data*)UserData)->TU; |
| 5473 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = ((clang_annotateTokens_Data*)UserData)->CXXUnit; |
| 5474 | CXToken *Tokens = ((clang_annotateTokens_Data*)UserData)->Tokens; |
| 5475 | const unsigned NumTokens = ((clang_annotateTokens_Data*)UserData)->NumTokens; |
| 5476 | CXCursor *Cursors = ((clang_annotateTokens_Data*)UserData)->Cursors; |
| 5477 | |
| 5478 | CIndexer *CXXIdx = (CIndexer*)TU->CIdx; |
| 5479 | if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing)) |
| 5480 | setThreadBackgroundPriority(); |
| 5481 | |
| 5482 | // Determine the region of interest, which contains all of the tokens. |
| 5483 | SourceRange RegionOfInterest; |
| 5484 | RegionOfInterest.setBegin( |
| 5485 | cxloc::translateSourceLocation(clang_getTokenLocation(TU, Tokens[0]))); |
| 5486 | RegionOfInterest.setEnd( |
| 5487 | cxloc::translateSourceLocation(clang_getTokenLocation(TU, |
| 5488 | Tokens[NumTokens-1]))); |
| 5489 | |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5490 | // Relex the tokens within the source range to look for preprocessing |
| 5491 | // directives. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5492 | annotatePreprocessorTokens(TU, RegionOfInterest, Cursors, Tokens, NumTokens); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5493 | |
| 5494 | if (CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord()) { |
| 5495 | // Search and mark tokens that are macro argument expansions. |
| 5496 | MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor Visitor(CXXUnit->getSourceManager(), |
| 5497 | Tokens, NumTokens); |
| 5498 | CursorVisitor MacroArgMarker(TU, |
| 5499 | MarkMacroArgTokensVisitorDelegate, &Visitor, |
| 5500 | /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/true, |
| 5501 | /*VisitIncludedEntities=*/false, |
| 5502 | RegionOfInterest); |
| 5503 | MacroArgMarker.visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion(); |
| 5504 | } |
| 5505 | |
| 5506 | // Annotate all of the source locations in the region of interest that map to |
| 5507 | // a specific cursor. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5508 | AnnotateTokensWorker W(Tokens, Cursors, NumTokens, TU, RegionOfInterest); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5509 | |
| 5510 | // FIXME: We use a ridiculous stack size here because the data-recursion |
| 5511 | // algorithm uses a large stack frame than the non-data recursive version, |
| 5512 | // and AnnotationTokensWorker currently transforms the data-recursion |
| 5513 | // algorithm back into a traditional recursion by explicitly calling |
| 5514 | // VisitChildren(). We will need to remove this explicit recursive call. |
| 5515 | W.AnnotateTokens(); |
| 5516 | |
| 5517 | // If we ran into any entities that involve context-sensitive keywords, |
| 5518 | // take another pass through the tokens to mark them as such. |
| 5519 | if (W.hasContextSensitiveKeywords()) { |
| 5520 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTokens; ++I) { |
| 5521 | if (clang_getTokenKind(Tokens[I]) != CXToken_Identifier) |
| 5522 | continue; |
| 5523 | |
| 5524 | if (Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl) { |
| 5525 | IdentifierInfo *II = static_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Tokens[I].ptr_data); |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5526 | if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *Property |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5527 | = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCPropertyDecl>(getCursorDecl(Cursors[I]))) { |
| 5528 | if (Property->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten() != 0 && |
| 5529 | llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(II->getName()) |
| 5530 | .Case("readonly", true) |
| 5531 | .Case("assign", true) |
| 5532 | .Case("unsafe_unretained", true) |
| 5533 | .Case("readwrite", true) |
| 5534 | .Case("retain", true) |
| 5535 | .Case("copy", true) |
| 5536 | .Case("nonatomic", true) |
| 5537 | .Case("atomic", true) |
| 5538 | .Case("getter", true) |
| 5539 | .Case("setter", true) |
| 5540 | .Case("strong", true) |
| 5541 | .Case("weak", true) |
| 5542 | .Default(false)) |
| 5543 | Tokens[I].int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword; |
| 5544 | } |
| 5545 | continue; |
| 5546 | } |
| 5547 | |
| 5548 | if (Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl || |
| 5549 | Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl) { |
| 5550 | IdentifierInfo *II = static_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Tokens[I].ptr_data); |
| 5551 | if (llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(II->getName()) |
| 5552 | .Case("in", true) |
| 5553 | .Case("out", true) |
| 5554 | .Case("inout", true) |
| 5555 | .Case("oneway", true) |
| 5556 | .Case("bycopy", true) |
| 5557 | .Case("byref", true) |
| 5558 | .Default(false)) |
| 5559 | Tokens[I].int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword; |
| 5560 | continue; |
| 5561 | } |
| 5562 | |
| 5563 | if (Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_CXXFinalAttr || |
| 5564 | Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_CXXOverrideAttr) { |
| 5565 | Tokens[I].int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword; |
| 5566 | continue; |
| 5567 | } |
| 5568 | } |
| 5569 | } |
| 5570 | } |
| 5571 | |
| 5572 | extern "C" { |
| 5573 | |
| 5574 | void clang_annotateTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU, |
| 5575 | CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens, |
| 5576 | CXCursor *Cursors) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c6f5c6a | 2013-01-10 18:54:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5577 | if (NumTokens == 0 || !Tokens || !Cursors) { |
| 5578 | LOG_FUNC_SECTION { *Log << "<null input>"; } |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5579 | return; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c6f5c6a | 2013-01-10 18:54:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5580 | } |
| 5581 | |
| 5582 | LOG_FUNC_SECTION { |
| 5583 | *Log << TU << ' '; |
| 5584 | CXSourceLocation bloc = clang_getTokenLocation(TU, Tokens[0]); |
| 5585 | CXSourceLocation eloc = clang_getTokenLocation(TU, Tokens[NumTokens-1]); |
| 5586 | *Log << clang_getRange(bloc, eloc); |
| 5587 | } |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5588 | |
| 5589 | // Any token we don't specifically annotate will have a NULL cursor. |
| 5590 | CXCursor C = clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 5591 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTokens; ++I) |
| 5592 | Cursors[I] = C; |
| 5593 | |
| 5594 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData); |
| 5595 | if (!CXXUnit) |
| 5596 | return; |
| 5597 | |
| 5598 | ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit); |
| 5599 | |
| 5600 | clang_annotateTokens_Data data = { TU, CXXUnit, Tokens, NumTokens, Cursors }; |
| 5601 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC; |
| 5602 | if (!RunSafely(CRC, clang_annotateTokensImpl, &data, |
| 5603 | GetSafetyThreadStackSize() * 2)) { |
| 5604 | fprintf(stderr, "libclang: crash detected while annotating tokens\n"); |
| 5605 | } |
| 5606 | } |
| 5607 | |
| 5608 | } // end: extern "C" |
| 5609 | |
| 5610 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 5611 | // Operations for querying linkage of a cursor. |
| 5612 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 5613 | |
| 5614 | extern "C" { |
| 5615 | CXLinkageKind clang_getCursorLinkage(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 5616 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) |
| 5617 | return CXLinkage_Invalid; |
| 5618 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5619 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor); |
| 5620 | if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(D)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5621 | switch (ND->getLinkage()) { |
| 5622 | case NoLinkage: return CXLinkage_NoLinkage; |
| 5623 | case InternalLinkage: return CXLinkage_Internal; |
| 5624 | case UniqueExternalLinkage: return CXLinkage_UniqueExternal; |
| 5625 | case ExternalLinkage: return CXLinkage_External; |
| 5626 | }; |
| 5627 | |
| 5628 | return CXLinkage_Invalid; |
| 5629 | } |
| 5630 | } // end: extern "C" |
| 5631 | |
| 5632 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 5633 | // Operations for querying language of a cursor. |
| 5634 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 5635 | |
| 5636 | static CXLanguageKind getDeclLanguage(const Decl *D) { |
| 5637 | if (!D) |
| 5638 | return CXLanguage_C; |
| 5639 | |
| 5640 | switch (D->getKind()) { |
| 5641 | default: |
| 5642 | break; |
| 5643 | case Decl::ImplicitParam: |
| 5644 | case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField: |
| 5645 | case Decl::ObjCCategory: |
| 5646 | case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl: |
| 5647 | case Decl::ObjCCompatibleAlias: |
| 5648 | case Decl::ObjCImplementation: |
| 5649 | case Decl::ObjCInterface: |
| 5650 | case Decl::ObjCIvar: |
| 5651 | case Decl::ObjCMethod: |
| 5652 | case Decl::ObjCProperty: |
| 5653 | case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl: |
| 5654 | case Decl::ObjCProtocol: |
| 5655 | return CXLanguage_ObjC; |
| 5656 | case Decl::CXXConstructor: |
| 5657 | case Decl::CXXConversion: |
| 5658 | case Decl::CXXDestructor: |
| 5659 | case Decl::CXXMethod: |
| 5660 | case Decl::CXXRecord: |
| 5661 | case Decl::ClassTemplate: |
| 5662 | case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization: |
| 5663 | case Decl::ClassTemplateSpecialization: |
| 5664 | case Decl::Friend: |
| 5665 | case Decl::FriendTemplate: |
| 5666 | case Decl::FunctionTemplate: |
| 5667 | case Decl::LinkageSpec: |
| 5668 | case Decl::Namespace: |
| 5669 | case Decl::NamespaceAlias: |
| 5670 | case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: |
| 5671 | case Decl::StaticAssert: |
| 5672 | case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm: |
| 5673 | case Decl::TemplateTypeParm: |
| 5674 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename: |
| 5675 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue: |
| 5676 | case Decl::Using: |
| 5677 | case Decl::UsingDirective: |
| 5678 | case Decl::UsingShadow: |
| 5679 | return CXLanguage_CPlusPlus; |
| 5680 | } |
| 5681 | |
| 5682 | return CXLanguage_C; |
| 5683 | } |
| 5684 | |
| 5685 | extern "C" { |
| 5686 | |
| 5687 | enum CXAvailabilityKind clang_getCursorAvailability(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 5688 | if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5689 | if (const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor)) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5690 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isDeleted()) |
| 5691 | return CXAvailability_Available; |
| 5692 | |
| 5693 | switch (D->getAvailability()) { |
| 5694 | case AR_Available: |
| 5695 | case AR_NotYetIntroduced: |
| 5696 | return CXAvailability_Available; |
| 5697 | |
| 5698 | case AR_Deprecated: |
| 5699 | return CXAvailability_Deprecated; |
| 5700 | |
| 5701 | case AR_Unavailable: |
| 5702 | return CXAvailability_NotAvailable; |
| 5703 | } |
| 5704 | } |
| 5705 | |
| 5706 | return CXAvailability_Available; |
| 5707 | } |
| 5708 | |
| 5709 | static CXVersion convertVersion(VersionTuple In) { |
| 5710 | CXVersion Out = { -1, -1, -1 }; |
| 5711 | if (In.empty()) |
| 5712 | return Out; |
| 5713 | |
| 5714 | Out.Major = In.getMajor(); |
| 5715 | |
| 5716 | if (llvm::Optional<unsigned> Minor = In.getMinor()) |
| 5717 | Out.Minor = *Minor; |
| 5718 | else |
| 5719 | return Out; |
| 5720 | |
| 5721 | if (llvm::Optional<unsigned> Subminor = In.getSubminor()) |
| 5722 | Out.Subminor = *Subminor; |
| 5723 | |
| 5724 | return Out; |
| 5725 | } |
| 5726 | |
| 5727 | int clang_getCursorPlatformAvailability(CXCursor cursor, |
| 5728 | int *always_deprecated, |
| 5729 | CXString *deprecated_message, |
| 5730 | int *always_unavailable, |
| 5731 | CXString *unavailable_message, |
| 5732 | CXPlatformAvailability *availability, |
| 5733 | int availability_size) { |
| 5734 | if (always_deprecated) |
| 5735 | *always_deprecated = 0; |
| 5736 | if (deprecated_message) |
| 5737 | *deprecated_message = cxstring::createCXString("", /*DupString=*/false); |
| 5738 | if (always_unavailable) |
| 5739 | *always_unavailable = 0; |
| 5740 | if (unavailable_message) |
| 5741 | *unavailable_message = cxstring::createCXString("", /*DupString=*/false); |
| 5742 | |
| 5743 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) |
| 5744 | return 0; |
| 5745 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5746 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5747 | if (!D) |
| 5748 | return 0; |
| 5749 | |
| 5750 | int N = 0; |
| 5751 | for (Decl::attr_iterator A = D->attr_begin(), AEnd = D->attr_end(); A != AEnd; |
| 5752 | ++A) { |
| 5753 | if (DeprecatedAttr *Deprecated = dyn_cast<DeprecatedAttr>(*A)) { |
| 5754 | if (always_deprecated) |
| 5755 | *always_deprecated = 1; |
| 5756 | if (deprecated_message) |
| 5757 | *deprecated_message = cxstring::createCXString(Deprecated->getMessage()); |
| 5758 | continue; |
| 5759 | } |
| 5760 | |
| 5761 | if (UnavailableAttr *Unavailable = dyn_cast<UnavailableAttr>(*A)) { |
| 5762 | if (always_unavailable) |
| 5763 | *always_unavailable = 1; |
| 5764 | if (unavailable_message) { |
| 5765 | *unavailable_message |
| 5766 | = cxstring::createCXString(Unavailable->getMessage()); |
| 5767 | } |
| 5768 | continue; |
| 5769 | } |
| 5770 | |
| 5771 | if (AvailabilityAttr *Avail = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(*A)) { |
| 5772 | if (N < availability_size) { |
| 5773 | availability[N].Platform |
| 5774 | = cxstring::createCXString(Avail->getPlatform()->getName()); |
| 5775 | availability[N].Introduced = convertVersion(Avail->getIntroduced()); |
| 5776 | availability[N].Deprecated = convertVersion(Avail->getDeprecated()); |
| 5777 | availability[N].Obsoleted = convertVersion(Avail->getObsoleted()); |
| 5778 | availability[N].Unavailable = Avail->getUnavailable(); |
| 5779 | availability[N].Message = cxstring::createCXString(Avail->getMessage()); |
| 5780 | } |
| 5781 | ++N; |
| 5782 | } |
| 5783 | } |
| 5784 | |
| 5785 | return N; |
| 5786 | } |
| 5787 | |
| 5788 | void clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability(CXPlatformAvailability *availability) { |
| 5789 | clang_disposeString(availability->Platform); |
| 5790 | clang_disposeString(availability->Message); |
| 5791 | } |
| 5792 | |
| 5793 | CXLanguageKind clang_getCursorLanguage(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 5794 | if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) |
| 5795 | return getDeclLanguage(cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor)); |
| 5796 | |
| 5797 | return CXLanguage_Invalid; |
| 5798 | } |
| 5799 | |
| 5800 | /// \brief If the given cursor is the "templated" declaration |
| 5801 | /// descibing a class or function template, return the class or |
| 5802 | /// function template. |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5803 | static const Decl *maybeGetTemplateCursor(const Decl *D) { |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5804 | if (!D) |
| 5805 | return 0; |
| 5806 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5807 | if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5808 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) |
| 5809 | return FunTmpl; |
| 5810 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5811 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5812 | if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTmpl = RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) |
| 5813 | return ClassTmpl; |
| 5814 | |
| 5815 | return D; |
| 5816 | } |
| 5817 | |
| 5818 | CXCursor clang_getCursorSemanticParent(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 5819 | if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5820 | if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor)) { |
| 5821 | const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5822 | if (!DC) |
| 5823 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 5824 | |
| 5825 | return MakeCXCursor(maybeGetTemplateCursor(cast<Decl>(DC)), |
| 5826 | getCursorTU(cursor)); |
| 5827 | } |
| 5828 | } |
| 5829 | |
| 5830 | if (clang_isStatement(cursor.kind) || clang_isExpression(cursor.kind)) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5831 | if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5832 | return MakeCXCursor(D, getCursorTU(cursor)); |
| 5833 | } |
| 5834 | |
| 5835 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 5836 | } |
| 5837 | |
| 5838 | CXCursor clang_getCursorLexicalParent(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 5839 | if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5840 | if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor)) { |
| 5841 | const DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext(); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5842 | if (!DC) |
| 5843 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 5844 | |
| 5845 | return MakeCXCursor(maybeGetTemplateCursor(cast<Decl>(DC)), |
| 5846 | getCursorTU(cursor)); |
| 5847 | } |
| 5848 | } |
| 5849 | |
| 5850 | // FIXME: Note that we can't easily compute the lexical context of a |
| 5851 | // statement or expression, so we return nothing. |
| 5852 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 5853 | } |
| 5854 | |
| 5855 | CXFile clang_getIncludedFile(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 5856 | if (cursor.kind != CXCursor_InclusionDirective) |
| 5857 | return 0; |
| 5858 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5859 | const InclusionDirective *ID = getCursorInclusionDirective(cursor); |
Dmitri Gribenko | e4ea879 | 2013-01-23 15:56:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5860 | return const_cast<FileEntry *>(ID->getFile()); |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5861 | } |
| 5862 | |
| 5863 | CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getCommentRange(CXCursor C) { |
| 5864 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 5865 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 5866 | |
| 5867 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 5868 | ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C); |
| 5869 | const RawComment *RC = Context.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D); |
| 5870 | if (!RC) |
| 5871 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 5872 | |
| 5873 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Context, RC->getSourceRange()); |
| 5874 | } |
| 5875 | |
| 5876 | CXString clang_Cursor_getRawCommentText(CXCursor C) { |
| 5877 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 5878 | return createCXString((const char *) NULL); |
| 5879 | |
| 5880 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 5881 | ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C); |
| 5882 | const RawComment *RC = Context.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D); |
| 5883 | StringRef RawText = RC ? RC->getRawText(Context.getSourceManager()) : |
| 5884 | StringRef(); |
| 5885 | |
| 5886 | // Don't duplicate the string because RawText points directly into source |
| 5887 | // code. |
| 5888 | return createCXString(RawText, false); |
| 5889 | } |
| 5890 | |
| 5891 | CXString clang_Cursor_getBriefCommentText(CXCursor C) { |
| 5892 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 5893 | return createCXString((const char *) NULL); |
| 5894 | |
| 5895 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 5896 | const ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C); |
| 5897 | const RawComment *RC = Context.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D); |
| 5898 | |
| 5899 | if (RC) { |
| 5900 | StringRef BriefText = RC->getBriefText(Context); |
| 5901 | |
| 5902 | // Don't duplicate the string because RawComment ensures that this memory |
| 5903 | // will not go away. |
| 5904 | return createCXString(BriefText, false); |
| 5905 | } |
| 5906 | |
| 5907 | return createCXString((const char *) NULL); |
| 5908 | } |
| 5909 | |
| 5910 | CXComment clang_Cursor_getParsedComment(CXCursor C) { |
| 5911 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 5912 | return cxcomment::createCXComment(NULL, NULL); |
| 5913 | |
| 5914 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 5915 | const ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C); |
| 5916 | const comments::FullComment *FC = Context.getCommentForDecl(D, /*PP=*/ NULL); |
| 5917 | |
| 5918 | return cxcomment::createCXComment(FC, getCursorTU(C)); |
| 5919 | } |
| 5920 | |
| 5921 | CXModule clang_Cursor_getModule(CXCursor C) { |
| 5922 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl) { |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5923 | if (const ImportDecl *ImportD = |
| 5924 | dyn_cast_or_null<ImportDecl>(getCursorDecl(C))) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5925 | return ImportD->getImportedModule(); |
| 5926 | } |
| 5927 | |
| 5928 | return 0; |
| 5929 | } |
| 5930 | |
| 5931 | CXModule clang_Module_getParent(CXModule CXMod) { |
| 5932 | if (!CXMod) |
| 5933 | return 0; |
| 5934 | Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod); |
| 5935 | return Mod->Parent; |
| 5936 | } |
| 5937 | |
| 5938 | CXString clang_Module_getName(CXModule CXMod) { |
| 5939 | if (!CXMod) |
| 5940 | return createCXString(""); |
| 5941 | Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod); |
| 5942 | return createCXString(Mod->Name); |
| 5943 | } |
| 5944 | |
| 5945 | CXString clang_Module_getFullName(CXModule CXMod) { |
| 5946 | if (!CXMod) |
| 5947 | return createCXString(""); |
| 5948 | Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod); |
| 5949 | return createCXString(Mod->getFullModuleName()); |
| 5950 | } |
| 5951 | |
| 5952 | unsigned clang_Module_getNumTopLevelHeaders(CXModule CXMod) { |
| 5953 | if (!CXMod) |
| 5954 | return 0; |
| 5955 | Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod); |
| 5956 | return Mod->TopHeaders.size(); |
| 5957 | } |
| 5958 | |
| 5959 | CXFile clang_Module_getTopLevelHeader(CXModule CXMod, unsigned Index) { |
| 5960 | if (!CXMod) |
| 5961 | return 0; |
| 5962 | Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod); |
| 5963 | |
| 5964 | if (Index < Mod->TopHeaders.size()) |
| 5965 | return const_cast<FileEntry *>(Mod->TopHeaders[Index]); |
| 5966 | |
| 5967 | return 0; |
| 5968 | } |
| 5969 | |
| 5970 | } // end: extern "C" |
| 5971 | |
| 5972 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 5973 | // C++ AST instrospection. |
| 5974 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 5975 | |
| 5976 | extern "C" { |
| 5977 | unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isStatic(CXCursor C) { |
| 5978 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 5979 | return 0; |
| 5980 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5981 | const CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0; |
| 5982 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
| 5983 | if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = |
| 5984 | dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5985 | Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()); |
| 5986 | else |
| 5987 | Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D); |
| 5988 | return (Method && Method->isStatic()) ? 1 : 0; |
| 5989 | } |
| 5990 | |
| 5991 | unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isVirtual(CXCursor C) { |
| 5992 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 5993 | return 0; |
| 5994 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | e22339c | 2013-01-23 17:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5995 | const CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0; |
| 5996 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
| 5997 | if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = |
| 5998 | dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5999 | Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()); |
| 6000 | else |
| 6001 | Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D); |
| 6002 | return (Method && Method->isVirtual()) ? 1 : 0; |
| 6003 | } |
| 6004 | } // end: extern "C" |
| 6005 | |
| 6006 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 6007 | // Attribute introspection. |
| 6008 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 6009 | |
| 6010 | extern "C" { |
| 6011 | CXType clang_getIBOutletCollectionType(CXCursor C) { |
| 6012 | if (C.kind != CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr) |
| 6013 | return cxtype::MakeCXType(QualType(), cxcursor::getCursorTU(C)); |
| 6014 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | 7d91438 | 2013-01-26 18:08:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 6015 | const IBOutletCollectionAttr *A = |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6016 | cast<IBOutletCollectionAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C)); |
| 6017 | |
| 6018 | return cxtype::MakeCXType(A->getInterface(), cxcursor::getCursorTU(C)); |
| 6019 | } |
| 6020 | } // end: extern "C" |
| 6021 | |
| 6022 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 6023 | // Inspecting memory usage. |
| 6024 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 6025 | |
| 6026 | typedef std::vector<CXTUResourceUsageEntry> MemUsageEntries; |
| 6027 | |
| 6028 | static inline void createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(MemUsageEntries &entries, |
| 6029 | enum CXTUResourceUsageKind k, |
| 6030 | unsigned long amount) { |
| 6031 | CXTUResourceUsageEntry entry = { k, amount }; |
| 6032 | entries.push_back(entry); |
| 6033 | } |
| 6034 | |
| 6035 | extern "C" { |
| 6036 | |
| 6037 | const char *clang_getTUResourceUsageName(CXTUResourceUsageKind kind) { |
| 6038 | const char *str = ""; |
| 6039 | switch (kind) { |
| 6040 | case CXTUResourceUsage_AST: |
| 6041 | str = "ASTContext: expressions, declarations, and types"; |
| 6042 | break; |
| 6043 | case CXTUResourceUsage_Identifiers: |
| 6044 | str = "ASTContext: identifiers"; |
| 6045 | break; |
| 6046 | case CXTUResourceUsage_Selectors: |
| 6047 | str = "ASTContext: selectors"; |
| 6048 | break; |
| 6049 | case CXTUResourceUsage_GlobalCompletionResults: |
| 6050 | str = "Code completion: cached global results"; |
| 6051 | break; |
| 6052 | case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManagerContentCache: |
| 6053 | str = "SourceManager: content cache allocator"; |
| 6054 | break; |
| 6055 | case CXTUResourceUsage_AST_SideTables: |
| 6056 | str = "ASTContext: side tables"; |
| 6057 | break; |
| 6058 | case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_Malloc: |
| 6059 | str = "SourceManager: malloc'ed memory buffers"; |
| 6060 | break; |
| 6061 | case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_MMap: |
| 6062 | str = "SourceManager: mmap'ed memory buffers"; |
| 6063 | break; |
| 6064 | case CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_Malloc: |
| 6065 | str = "ExternalASTSource: malloc'ed memory buffers"; |
| 6066 | break; |
| 6067 | case CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_MMap: |
| 6068 | str = "ExternalASTSource: mmap'ed memory buffers"; |
| 6069 | break; |
| 6070 | case CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor: |
| 6071 | str = "Preprocessor: malloc'ed memory"; |
| 6072 | break; |
| 6073 | case CXTUResourceUsage_PreprocessingRecord: |
| 6074 | str = "Preprocessor: PreprocessingRecord"; |
| 6075 | break; |
| 6076 | case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_DataStructures: |
| 6077 | str = "SourceManager: data structures and tables"; |
| 6078 | break; |
| 6079 | case CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch: |
| 6080 | str = "Preprocessor: header search tables"; |
| 6081 | break; |
| 6082 | } |
| 6083 | return str; |
| 6084 | } |
| 6085 | |
| 6086 | CXTUResourceUsage clang_getCXTUResourceUsage(CXTranslationUnit TU) { |
| 6087 | if (!TU) { |
| 6088 | CXTUResourceUsage usage = { (void*) 0, 0, 0 }; |
| 6089 | return usage; |
| 6090 | } |
| 6091 | |
| 6092 | ASTUnit *astUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit*>(TU->TUData); |
| 6093 | OwningPtr<MemUsageEntries> entries(new MemUsageEntries()); |
| 6094 | ASTContext &astContext = astUnit->getASTContext(); |
| 6095 | |
| 6096 | // How much memory is used by AST nodes and types? |
| 6097 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_AST, |
| 6098 | (unsigned long) astContext.getASTAllocatedMemory()); |
| 6099 | |
| 6100 | // How much memory is used by identifiers? |
| 6101 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_Identifiers, |
| 6102 | (unsigned long) astContext.Idents.getAllocator().getTotalMemory()); |
| 6103 | |
| 6104 | // How much memory is used for selectors? |
| 6105 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_Selectors, |
| 6106 | (unsigned long) astContext.Selectors.getTotalMemory()); |
| 6107 | |
| 6108 | // How much memory is used by ASTContext's side tables? |
| 6109 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_AST_SideTables, |
| 6110 | (unsigned long) astContext.getSideTableAllocatedMemory()); |
| 6111 | |
| 6112 | // How much memory is used for caching global code completion results? |
| 6113 | unsigned long completionBytes = 0; |
| 6114 | if (GlobalCodeCompletionAllocator *completionAllocator = |
| 6115 | astUnit->getCachedCompletionAllocator().getPtr()) { |
| 6116 | completionBytes = completionAllocator->getTotalMemory(); |
| 6117 | } |
| 6118 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, |
| 6119 | CXTUResourceUsage_GlobalCompletionResults, |
| 6120 | completionBytes); |
| 6121 | |
| 6122 | // How much memory is being used by SourceManager's content cache? |
| 6123 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, |
| 6124 | CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManagerContentCache, |
| 6125 | (unsigned long) astContext.getSourceManager().getContentCacheSize()); |
| 6126 | |
| 6127 | // How much memory is being used by the MemoryBuffer's in SourceManager? |
| 6128 | const SourceManager::MemoryBufferSizes &srcBufs = |
| 6129 | astUnit->getSourceManager().getMemoryBufferSizes(); |
| 6130 | |
| 6131 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, |
| 6132 | CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_Malloc, |
| 6133 | (unsigned long) srcBufs.malloc_bytes); |
| 6134 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, |
| 6135 | CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_MMap, |
| 6136 | (unsigned long) srcBufs.mmap_bytes); |
| 6137 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, |
| 6138 | CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_DataStructures, |
| 6139 | (unsigned long) astContext.getSourceManager() |
| 6140 | .getDataStructureSizes()); |
| 6141 | |
| 6142 | // How much memory is being used by the ExternalASTSource? |
| 6143 | if (ExternalASTSource *esrc = astContext.getExternalSource()) { |
| 6144 | const ExternalASTSource::MemoryBufferSizes &sizes = |
| 6145 | esrc->getMemoryBufferSizes(); |
| 6146 | |
| 6147 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, |
| 6148 | CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_Malloc, |
| 6149 | (unsigned long) sizes.malloc_bytes); |
| 6150 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, |
| 6151 | CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_MMap, |
| 6152 | (unsigned long) sizes.mmap_bytes); |
| 6153 | } |
| 6154 | |
| 6155 | // How much memory is being used by the Preprocessor? |
| 6156 | Preprocessor &pp = astUnit->getPreprocessor(); |
| 6157 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, |
| 6158 | CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor, |
| 6159 | pp.getTotalMemory()); |
| 6160 | |
| 6161 | if (PreprocessingRecord *pRec = pp.getPreprocessingRecord()) { |
| 6162 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, |
| 6163 | CXTUResourceUsage_PreprocessingRecord, |
| 6164 | pRec->getTotalMemory()); |
| 6165 | } |
| 6166 | |
| 6167 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, |
| 6168 | CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch, |
| 6169 | pp.getHeaderSearchInfo().getTotalMemory()); |
| 6170 | |
| 6171 | CXTUResourceUsage usage = { (void*) entries.get(), |
| 6172 | (unsigned) entries->size(), |
| 6173 | entries->size() ? &(*entries)[0] : 0 }; |
| 6174 | entries.take(); |
| 6175 | return usage; |
| 6176 | } |
| 6177 | |
| 6178 | void clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage(CXTUResourceUsage usage) { |
| 6179 | if (usage.data) |
| 6180 | delete (MemUsageEntries*) usage.data; |
| 6181 | } |
| 6182 | |
| 6183 | } // end extern "C" |
| 6184 | |
| 6185 | void clang::PrintLibclangResourceUsage(CXTranslationUnit TU) { |
| 6186 | CXTUResourceUsage Usage = clang_getCXTUResourceUsage(TU); |
| 6187 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != Usage.numEntries; ++I) |
| 6188 | fprintf(stderr, " %s: %lu\n", |
| 6189 | clang_getTUResourceUsageName(Usage.entries[I].kind), |
| 6190 | Usage.entries[I].amount); |
| 6191 | |
| 6192 | clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage(Usage); |
| 6193 | } |
| 6194 | |
| 6195 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 6196 | // Misc. utility functions. |
| 6197 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 6198 | |
| 6199 | /// Default to using an 8 MB stack size on "safety" threads. |
| 6200 | static unsigned SafetyStackThreadSize = 8 << 20; |
| 6201 | |
| 6202 | namespace clang { |
| 6203 | |
| 6204 | bool RunSafely(llvm::CrashRecoveryContext &CRC, |
| 6205 | void (*Fn)(void*), void *UserData, |
| 6206 | unsigned Size) { |
| 6207 | if (!Size) |
| 6208 | Size = GetSafetyThreadStackSize(); |
| 6209 | if (Size) |
| 6210 | return CRC.RunSafelyOnThread(Fn, UserData, Size); |
| 6211 | return CRC.RunSafely(Fn, UserData); |
| 6212 | } |
| 6213 | |
| 6214 | unsigned GetSafetyThreadStackSize() { |
| 6215 | return SafetyStackThreadSize; |
| 6216 | } |
| 6217 | |
| 6218 | void SetSafetyThreadStackSize(unsigned Value) { |
| 6219 | SafetyStackThreadSize = Value; |
| 6220 | } |
| 6221 | |
| 6222 | } |
| 6223 | |
| 6224 | void clang::setThreadBackgroundPriority() { |
| 6225 | if (getenv("LIBCLANG_BGPRIO_DISABLE")) |
| 6226 | return; |
| 6227 | |
| 6228 | // FIXME: Move to llvm/Support and make it cross-platform. |
| 6229 | #ifdef __APPLE__ |
| 6230 | setpriority(PRIO_DARWIN_THREAD, 0, PRIO_DARWIN_BG); |
| 6231 | #endif |
| 6232 | } |
| 6233 | |
| 6234 | void cxindex::printDiagsToStderr(ASTUnit *Unit) { |
| 6235 | if (!Unit) |
| 6236 | return; |
| 6237 | |
| 6238 | for (ASTUnit::stored_diag_iterator D = Unit->stored_diag_begin(), |
| 6239 | DEnd = Unit->stored_diag_end(); |
| 6240 | D != DEnd; ++D) { |
| 6241 | CXStoredDiagnostic Diag(*D, Unit->getASTContext().getLangOpts()); |
| 6242 | CXString Msg = clang_formatDiagnostic(&Diag, |
| 6243 | clang_defaultDiagnosticDisplayOptions()); |
| 6244 | fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", clang_getCString(Msg)); |
| 6245 | clang_disposeString(Msg); |
| 6246 | } |
| 6247 | #ifdef LLVM_ON_WIN32 |
| 6248 | // On Windows, force a flush, since there may be multiple copies of |
| 6249 | // stderr and stdout in the file system, all with different buffers |
| 6250 | // but writing to the same device. |
| 6251 | fflush(stderr); |
| 6252 | #endif |
| 6253 | } |
| 6254 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 664b06f | 2013-01-07 19:16:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6255 | MacroInfo *cxindex::getMacroInfo(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
| 6256 | SourceLocation MacroDefLoc, |
| 6257 | CXTranslationUnit TU){ |
| 6258 | if (MacroDefLoc.isInvalid() || !TU) |
| 6259 | return 0; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 664b06f | 2013-01-07 19:16:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6260 | if (!II.hadMacroDefinition()) |
| 6261 | return 0; |
| 6262 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c059f89 | 2013-01-07 19:16:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6263 | ASTUnit *Unit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData); |
| 6264 | Preprocessor &PP = Unit->getPreprocessor(); |
Dmitri Gribenko | b395847 | 2013-01-14 00:36:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6265 | MacroInfo *MI = PP.getMacroInfoHistory(&II); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 664b06f | 2013-01-07 19:16:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6266 | while (MI) { |
| 6267 | if (MacroDefLoc == MI->getDefinitionLoc()) |
| 6268 | return MI; |
| 6269 | MI = MI->getPreviousDefinition(); |
| 6270 | } |
| 6271 | |
| 6272 | return 0; |
| 6273 | } |
| 6274 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | 67812b2 | 2013-01-11 21:01:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6275 | const MacroInfo *cxindex::getMacroInfo(const MacroDefinition *MacroDef, |
| 6276 | CXTranslationUnit TU) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 664b06f | 2013-01-07 19:16:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6277 | if (!MacroDef || !TU) |
| 6278 | return 0; |
| 6279 | const IdentifierInfo *II = MacroDef->getName(); |
| 6280 | if (!II) |
| 6281 | return 0; |
| 6282 | |
| 6283 | return getMacroInfo(*II, MacroDef->getLocation(), TU); |
| 6284 | } |
| 6285 | |
| 6286 | MacroDefinition *cxindex::checkForMacroInMacroDefinition(const MacroInfo *MI, |
| 6287 | const Token &Tok, |
| 6288 | CXTranslationUnit TU) { |
| 6289 | if (!MI || !TU) |
| 6290 | return 0; |
| 6291 | if (Tok.isNot(tok::raw_identifier)) |
| 6292 | return 0; |
| 6293 | |
| 6294 | if (MI->getNumTokens() == 0) |
| 6295 | return 0; |
| 6296 | SourceRange DefRange(MI->getReplacementToken(0).getLocation(), |
| 6297 | MI->getDefinitionEndLoc()); |
| 6298 | ASTUnit *Unit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData); |
| 6299 | |
| 6300 | // Check that the token is inside the definition and not its argument list. |
| 6301 | SourceManager &SM = Unit->getSourceManager(); |
| 6302 | if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(Tok.getLocation(), DefRange.getBegin())) |
| 6303 | return 0; |
| 6304 | if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(DefRange.getEnd(), Tok.getLocation())) |
| 6305 | return 0; |
| 6306 | |
| 6307 | Preprocessor &PP = Unit->getPreprocessor(); |
| 6308 | PreprocessingRecord *PPRec = PP.getPreprocessingRecord(); |
| 6309 | if (!PPRec) |
| 6310 | return 0; |
| 6311 | |
| 6312 | StringRef Name(Tok.getRawIdentifierData(), Tok.getLength()); |
| 6313 | IdentifierInfo &II = PP.getIdentifierTable().get(Name); |
| 6314 | if (!II.hadMacroDefinition()) |
| 6315 | return 0; |
| 6316 | |
| 6317 | // Check that the identifier is not one of the macro arguments. |
| 6318 | if (std::find(MI->arg_begin(), MI->arg_end(), &II) != MI->arg_end()) |
| 6319 | return 0; |
| 6320 | |
| 6321 | MacroInfo *InnerMI = PP.getMacroInfoHistory(&II); |
| 6322 | if (!InnerMI) |
| 6323 | return 0; |
| 6324 | |
| 6325 | return PPRec->findMacroDefinition(InnerMI); |
| 6326 | } |
| 6327 | |
| 6328 | MacroDefinition *cxindex::checkForMacroInMacroDefinition(const MacroInfo *MI, |
| 6329 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 6330 | CXTranslationUnit TU) { |
| 6331 | if (Loc.isInvalid() || !MI || !TU) |
| 6332 | return 0; |
| 6333 | |
| 6334 | if (MI->getNumTokens() == 0) |
| 6335 | return 0; |
| 6336 | ASTUnit *Unit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData); |
| 6337 | Preprocessor &PP = Unit->getPreprocessor(); |
| 6338 | if (!PP.getPreprocessingRecord()) |
| 6339 | return 0; |
| 6340 | Loc = Unit->getSourceManager().getSpellingLoc(Loc); |
| 6341 | Token Tok; |
| 6342 | if (PP.getRawToken(Loc, Tok)) |
| 6343 | return 0; |
| 6344 | |
| 6345 | return checkForMacroInMacroDefinition(MI, Tok, TU); |
| 6346 | } |
| 6347 | |
Guy Benyei | 7f92f2d | 2012-12-18 14:30:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6348 | extern "C" { |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 | CXString clang_getClangVersion() { |
| 6351 | return createCXString(getClangFullVersion()); |
| 6352 | } |
| 6353 | |
| 6354 | } // end: extern "C" |
| 6355 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c6f5c6a | 2013-01-10 18:54:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6356 | Logger &cxindex::Logger::operator<<(CXTranslationUnit TU) { |
| 6357 | if (TU) { |
| 6358 | if (ASTUnit *Unit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData)) { |
| 6359 | LogOS << '<' << Unit->getMainFileName() << '>'; |
| 6360 | return *this; |
| 6361 | } |
| 6362 | } |
| 6363 | |
| 6364 | LogOS << "<NULL TU>"; |
| 6365 | return *this; |
| 6366 | } |
| 6367 | |
| 6368 | Logger &cxindex::Logger::operator<<(CXSourceLocation Loc) { |
| 6369 | CXFile File; |
| 6370 | unsigned Line, Column; |
| 6371 | clang_getFileLocation(Loc, &File, &Line, &Column, 0); |
| 6372 | CXString FileName = clang_getFileName(File); |
| 6373 | *this << llvm::format("(%s:%d:%d)", clang_getCString(FileName), Line, Column); |
| 6374 | clang_disposeString(FileName); |
| 6375 | return *this; |
| 6376 | } |
| 6377 | |
| 6378 | Logger &cxindex::Logger::operator<<(CXSourceRange range) { |
| 6379 | CXSourceLocation BLoc = clang_getRangeStart(range); |
| 6380 | CXSourceLocation ELoc = clang_getRangeEnd(range); |
| 6381 | |
| 6382 | CXFile BFile; |
| 6383 | unsigned BLine, BColumn; |
| 6384 | clang_getFileLocation(BLoc, &BFile, &BLine, &BColumn, 0); |
| 6385 | |
| 6386 | CXFile EFile; |
| 6387 | unsigned ELine, EColumn; |
| 6388 | clang_getFileLocation(ELoc, &EFile, &ELine, &EColumn, 0); |
| 6389 | |
| 6390 | CXString BFileName = clang_getFileName(BFile); |
| 6391 | if (BFile == EFile) { |
| 6392 | *this << llvm::format("[%s %d:%d-%d:%d]", clang_getCString(BFileName), |
| 6393 | BLine, BColumn, ELine, EColumn); |
| 6394 | } else { |
| 6395 | CXString EFileName = clang_getFileName(EFile); |
| 6396 | *this << llvm::format("[%s:%d:%d - ", clang_getCString(BFileName), |
| 6397 | BLine, BColumn) |
| 6398 | << llvm::format("%s:%d:%d]", clang_getCString(EFileName), |
| 6399 | ELine, EColumn); |
| 6400 | clang_disposeString(EFileName); |
| 6401 | } |
| 6402 | clang_disposeString(BFileName); |
| 6403 | return *this; |
| 6404 | } |
| 6405 | |
| 6406 | Logger &cxindex::Logger::operator<<(CXString Str) { |
| 6407 | *this << clang_getCString(Str); |
| 6408 | return *this; |
| 6409 | } |
| 6410 | |
| 6411 | Logger &cxindex::Logger::operator<<(const llvm::format_object_base &Fmt) { |
| 6412 | LogOS << Fmt; |
| 6413 | return *this; |
| 6414 | } |
| 6415 | |
| 6416 | cxindex::Logger::~Logger() { |
| 6417 | LogOS.flush(); |
| 6418 | |
| 6419 | llvm::sys::ScopedLock L(EnableMultithreadingMutex); |
| 6420 | |
| 6421 | static llvm::TimeRecord sBeginTR = llvm::TimeRecord::getCurrentTime(); |
| 6422 | |
Dmitri Gribenko | cfa88f8 | 2013-01-12 19:30:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6423 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c6f5c6a | 2013-01-10 18:54:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6424 | OS << "[libclang:" << Name << ':'; |
| 6425 | |
| 6426 | // FIXME: Portability. |
| 6427 | #if HAVE_PTHREAD_H && __APPLE__ |
| 6428 | mach_port_t tid = pthread_mach_thread_np(pthread_self()); |
| 6429 | OS << tid << ':'; |
| 6430 | #endif |
| 6431 | |
| 6432 | llvm::TimeRecord TR = llvm::TimeRecord::getCurrentTime(); |
| 6433 | OS << llvm::format("%7.4f] ", TR.getWallTime() - sBeginTR.getWallTime()); |
| 6434 | OS << Msg.str() << '\n'; |
| 6435 | |
| 6436 | if (Trace) { |
| 6437 | llvm::sys::PrintStackTrace(stderr); |
| 6438 | OS << "--------------------------------------------------\n"; |
| 6439 | } |
| 6440 | } |